sv1
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
May 13, 2008
Registration
No. 333-
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
Form S-1
REGISTRATION
STATEMENT
THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933
Grand Canyon Education,
Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as
Specified in Its Charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
8221
|
|
20-3356009
|
(State or Other Jurisdiction
of
Incorporation or Organization)
|
|
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
|
3300 W. Camelback Road
Phoenix, Arizona 85017
(602) 639-7500
(Address, Including Zip Code,
and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrants
Principal Executive Offices)
Christopher C. Richardson
General Counsel
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
3300 W. Camelback Road
Phoenix, Arizona 85017
(602) 639-7500
(Name, Address, Including Zip
Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent For
Service)
Copies to:
|
|
|
Steven D. Pidgeon, Esq.
|
|
Mark A. Stegemoeller, Esq.
|
David P. Lewis, Esq.
|
|
Steven B. Stokdyk, Esq.
|
DLA Piper US LLP
|
|
Latham & Watkins LLP
|
2415 East Camelback Road, Suite 700
|
|
633 West Fifth Street, Suite 4000
|
Phoenix, Arizona 85016
|
|
Los Angeles, California 90071
|
(480) 606-5100
|
|
(213) 485-1234
|
|
|
|
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the
public: As soon as practicable after this
registration statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be
offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to
Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the
following
box. o
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act,
check the following box and list the Securities Act registration
statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same
offering. o
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated
filer o
|
|
Accelerated
filer o
|
|
Non-accelerated
filer þ
|
|
Smaller reporting company o
|
|
|
|
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
|
|
|
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proposed Maximum
|
|
|
|
Title of Each Class of
|
|
|
Aggregate Offering
|
|
|
Amount of
|
Security To be Registered
|
|
|
Price(1)
|
|
|
Registration
Fee(2)
|
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
|
|
|
$230,000,000
|
|
|
$9,039
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Estimated solely for the purpose of
calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o)
under the Securities Act.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Calculated pursuant to
Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum
aggregate offering price, including the offering price of shares
that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-
allotments, if any.
|
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the Securities Act or until the Registration Statement shall
become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant
to said Section 8(a), shall determine.
The
information in this prospectus is not complete and may be
changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration
statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is
effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these
securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these
securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not
permitted.
|
Subject
to Completion
Dated May 13, 2008
Shares
Grand Canyon Education, Inc.
Common Stock
This is the initial public offering of common stock of Grand
Canyon Education, Inc. We are
offering shares
of our common stock.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
common stock. The initial public offering price of our common
stock is expected to be between $
and $ per share. We intend to
apply to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under
the symbol LOPE.
percent
of the gross proceeds from the sale of stock in this offering,
before underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses, will be paid to our existing shareholders as
a special distribution.
Investing in our common stock involves risks. See Risk
Factors beginning on page 10.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
Total
|
|
Public offering price
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Underwriting discounts and commissions
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
We have granted the underwriters a
30-day
option to purchase up
to
additional shares of common stock from us at the public offering
price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, to cover
over-allotments of shares, if any.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state
securities commission has approved or disapproved of these
securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or
complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal
offense.
Delivery of the shares of common stock will be made on or
about ,
2008.
Joint Book-Running Managers
|
|
Credit
Suisse |
Merrill Lynch & Co.
|
BMO Capital Markets William
Blair & Company Piper Jaffray
The date of this prospectus
is ,
2008
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ABOUT
THIS PROSPECTUS
You should rely only on the information contained in this
prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with
information different from that contained in this prospectus. We
are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of
common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are
permitted. You should assume that the information contained in
this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this
prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this
prospectus or of any sale of common stock. Our business,
financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may
have changed since that date.
Until ,
2008 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all
dealers, whether or not participating in this offering, that
effect transactions in these securities may be required to
deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers
obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter
in this offering and when selling previously unsold allotments
or subscriptions.
PROSPECTUS
SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in
this prospectus. This summary sets forth the material terms of
the offering, but does not contain all of the information that
you should consider before investing in our common stock. You
should read the entire prospectus carefully before making an
investment decision, especially the risks of investing in our
common stock described under Risk Factors. Unless
the context otherwise requires, the terms we,
us, our, and Grand Canyon
refer to Grand Canyon Education, Inc. and our predecessor as
context requires.
Overview
We are a leading, regionally accredited provider of online
postsecondary education services focused on offering graduate
and undergraduate degree programs in our core disciplines of
education, business, and healthcare. In addition to our online
programs, we offer ground programs at our traditional campus in
Phoenix, Arizona and onsite at the facilities of employers. We
are committed to providing an academically rigorous educational
experience with a focus on career-oriented programs that meet
the objectives of working adults. We utilize an integrated,
innovative approach to marketing, recruiting, and retaining
students, which has enabled us to increase enrollment from
approximately 3,000 students at the end of 2003 to approximately
14,750 students at the end of 2007, representing a compound
annual growth rate of approximately 49%. At the end of 2007, 85%
of our students were enrolled in our online programs and 62% of
our students were pursuing masters degrees.
Our three core disciplines of education, business, and
healthcare represent large markets with attractive employment
opportunities. According to the U.S. Department of
Education, National Center for Education Statistics, or NCES,
these disciplines ranked as three of the four most popular
fields of postsecondary education, based on degrees conferred in
the 2005-06
school year. The U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor
Statistics, or BLS, has estimated that these fields comprised
over 40 million jobs in 2006, many of which require
postsecondary education credentials. Furthermore, the BLS has
projected that the education, business, and healthcare fields
will generate approximately six million new jobs between 2006
and 2016.
We primarily focus on recruiting and educating working adults,
whom we define as students age 25 or older who are pursuing
a degree while employed. As of December 31, 2007,
approximately 93% of our online students were age 25 or
older. We believe that working adults are attracted to the
convenience and flexibility of our online programs because they
can study and interact with faculty and classmates during times
that suit their schedules. We also believe that working adults
represent an attractive student population because they are
better able to finance their education, more readily recognize
the benefits of a postsecondary degree, and have higher
persistence and completion rates than students generally.
We have experienced significant growth in enrollment, net
revenue, and operating income over the last several years. Our
enrollment at the end of 2007 was approximately 14,750,
representing a 38.4% increase over the prior year. Our net
revenue and operating income for the year ended
December 31, 2007 were $99.3 million and
$6.8 million, respectively, representing increases of 37.7%
and 41.3%, respectively, over the prior year. We seek to achieve
continued growth in a manner that reinforces our reputation for
providing academically rigorous,
career-oriented
educational programs that advance the careers of our students.
We have been regionally accredited by the Higher Learning
Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and
Schools, or the Higher Learning Commission, and its predecessor
since 1968, and we were reaccredited by the Higher Learning
Commission in 2007 for the maximum term of ten years. In
addition, we have specialized accreditations for certain
programs from the Association of Collegiate Business Schools and
Programs, the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education, and
the Commission on Accreditation of Athletic Training Education.
We believe that our regional accreditation, together with these
specialized accreditations, reflect the quality of our programs,
enhance their marketability, and improve the employability of
our graduates.
We were founded as Grand Canyon College, a traditional, private,
non-profit college, in 1949 and moved to our existing campus in
Phoenix, Arizona in 1951. In February 2004, several of our
current stockholders
1
acquired Grand Canyon University and converted it to a
for-profit institution. Since then, we have enhanced our senior
management team, expanded our online platform and programs, and
initiated a marketing and branding effort to further
differentiate us in the markets in which we operate and support
our continued growth.
Industry
The United States market for postsecondary education represents
a large and growing opportunity. According to the NCES, total
revenue for all degree-granting postsecondary institutions was
over $385 billion for the
2004-05
school year. Approximately 18.0 million students were
projected to be enrolled in postsecondary institutions in 2007
and the number was projected to grow to 18.8 million by
2010. We believe that future growth in this market will be
driven, in part, by the increasing number of job openings in
occupations that require bachelors or masters
degrees, which the BLS has projected will grow approximately 17%
and 19%, respectively, between 2006 and 2016, or nearly double
the growth rate the BLS projected for occupations that do not
require postsecondary degrees. Moreover, according to
U.S. Census Bureau data, individuals with a postsecondary
degree are able to obtain a significant compensation premium
relative to individuals without a degree.
The market for online postsecondary education is growing more
rapidly than the overall postsecondary market. A 2007 study by
Eduventures, LLC, an education consulting and research firm,
projected that from 2002 to 2007 enrollment in online
postsecondary programs increased from approximately
0.5 million to approximately 1.8 million, representing
a compound annual growth rate of approximately 30.4%. In
comparison, the NCES projected a compound annual growth rate of
1.6% in enrollment in postsecondary programs overall during the
same period. We believe this growth has been driven by a number
of factors, including the greater convenience and flexibility of
online programs as compared to ground-based programs and the
increased acceptance of online programs among academics and
employers. According to a 2006 survey by the Sloan Consortium, a
trade group focused on online education, 79.1% of chief academic
officers surveyed at institutions with 15,000 or more students,
most of which offer online programs, and 61.9% of all chief
academic officers surveyed, believe that online learning
outcomes are equal or superior to traditional face-to-face
instruction.
Competitive
Strengths
We believe the following competitive strengths differentiate us
from our competitors:
Established presence in targeted, high demand
disciplines. We have an established presence
within our three core disciplines of education, business, and
healthcare. We believe our focused approach enables us to
develop our academic reputation and brand identity within our
core disciplines, recruit and retain quality faculty and staff
members, and meet the educational and career objectives of our
students.
Focus on graduate degrees for working
adults. We have designed our program offerings
and our online delivery platform to meet the needs of working
adults, particularly those seeking graduate degrees to obtain
pay increases or job promotions that are directly tied to higher
educational attainment.
Innovative marketing, recruiting, and retention
strategy. We have developed an integrated,
innovative approach to student marketing, recruitment, and
retention to reach our targeted students. We also proactively
provide support to students at key points during their
consideration of, and enrollment at, Grand Canyon University to
enhance the probability of student enrollment and retention.
Commitment to offering academically rigorous, career-oriented
programs. We are committed to offering
academically rigorous educational programs that are designed to
help our students achieve their career objectives. Our programs
are taught by qualified faculty, substantially all of whom hold
at least a masters degree and often have practical
experience in their respective fields.
Complementary online capabilities and
campus-based
tradition. We believe that our online
capabilities, combined with our nearly
60-year
heritage as a traditional campus-based university, differentiate
us in the for-
2
profit postsecondary market and enhance the reputation of our
degree programs among prospective students and employers.
Experienced management team with strong operating
track-record. Our management team possesses
extensive experience in educational services businesses,
specifically in the areas of marketing to, recruiting, and
retaining students pursuing online and other distance education
degree offerings, and in online content development.
Growth
Strategies
We intend to pursue the following growth strategies:
Increase enrollment in existing programs. We
intend to increase enrollment in existing programs within our
three core disciplines, which we believe offer ample opportunity
for growth. We also intend to continue to increase the number of
our enrollment counselors and marketing personnel to drive
enrollment growth and enhance student retention.
Expand online program and degree offerings. We
develop and offer new programs that we believe have attractive
demand characteristics. We launched 17 new online program
offerings in 2007 and intend to launch a total of 12 new
online programs in 2008, including our first doctoral degree
program. Our new program offerings typically build on existing
programs and offer our students the opportunity to pursue their
specific educational objectives while allowing us to expand our
program offerings with only modest incremental investment.
Further enhance our brand recognition. We
continue to enhance our brand recognition by pursuing online and
offline marketing campaigns, establishing strategic branding
relationships with recognized industry leaders, and developing
complementary resources in our core disciplines that increase
the overall awareness of our offerings.
Expand relationships with private sector and government
employers. We seek additional relationships with
health care systems, school districts, emergency services
providers, and other employers through which we market our
offerings to their employees. These relationships provide leads
for our programs, build our recognition among employers in our
core disciplines, and enable us to identify new programs and
degrees that are in demand by students and employers.
Leverage infrastructure and drive earnings
growth. We have made significant investments in
our people, processes, and technology infrastructure since 2004.
We believe these investments have prepared us to deliver our
academic programs to a much larger student population with only
modest incremental investment. We intend to leverage our
historical investments as we increase our enrollment, which we
believe will allow us to increase our operating margins over
time.
Risks
Affecting Us
Our business is subject to numerous risks, as discussed more
fully in the section entitled Risk Factors
immediately following this Prospectus Summary. In particular,
our business would be adversely affected if:
|
|
|
|
|
we are unable to attract and retain students as a result of the
highly competitive markets in which we operate;
|
|
|
|
we are unable to comply with the extensive regulatory
requirements to which our business is subject, including
requirements governing the Title IV federal student
financial aid programs, state laws and regulations, and
accrediting commission requirements;
|
|
|
|
we experience any student, regulatory, reputational, or other
events that adversely affect our graduate degree offerings, from
which we currently derive a significant portion of our revenues;
|
|
|
|
we experience damage to our reputation or other adverse effects
in connection with any compliance audit, regulatory action, or
negative publicity affecting us or other companies in the
for-profit postsecondary education sector;
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
we are unable to attract and retain key personnel needed to
sustain and grow our business;
|
|
|
|
our students are unable to obtain student loans on affordable
terms, or at all;
|
|
|
|
adverse economic or other developments affect demand in our core
disciplines; or
|
|
|
|
we are unable to develop new programs or expand our existing
programs in a timely and cost-effective manner.
|
Corporate
Information
We were formed in Delaware in November 2003 for the purpose of
acquiring the assets of Grand Canyon University. Prior to
completion of this offering, we intend to effect a
reorganization pursuant to which we will transfer substantially
all of our operations to a newly created wholly-owned
subsidiary. Our principal executive offices are located at
3300 West Camelback Road, Phoenix, Arizona 85017, and our
telephone number is
(602) 639-7500.
Our website is located at www.gcu.edu. The information
on, or accessible through, our website does not constitute part
of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus.
Accreditation
We are accredited by the Higher Learning Commission of the North
Central Association of Colleges and Schools,
30 N. LaSalle Street, Suite 2400, Chicago,
Illinois
60602-2504;
telephone
(312) 263-0456;
website www.ncahlc.org. The information on, or accessible
through, the website of the Higher Learning Commission does not
constitute part of, and is not incorporated into, this
prospectus.
Industry
Data
We use market data and industry forecasts and projections
throughout this prospectus, which we have obtained from market
research, publicly available information, and industry
publications. These sources generally state that the information
they provide has been obtained from sources believed to be
reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of the
information are not guaranteed. The forecasts and projections
are based on industry surveys and the preparers experience
in the industry as of the time they were prepared, and there is
no assurance that any of the projected numbers will be reached.
Similarly, we believe that the surveys and market research
others have completed are reliable, but we have not
independently verified their findings.
4
OFFERING
SUMMARY
|
|
|
Common stock offered by us |
|
shares |
|
Common stock outstanding after this offering |
|
shares |
|
Use of proceeds |
|
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will
be approximately $ million,
or approximately $ million if
the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full,
based on the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover
page of this prospectus. |
|
|
|
As described in Use of Proceeds and Special
Distribution, we intend to use the proceeds of this
offering to pay a special distribution to our stockholders of
record as
of ,
2008, in an amount equal to % of
the gross proceeds received by us from the sale of stock in this
offering, before underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated offering expenses. We also intend to use up to
$16.0 million of the proceeds of this offering to redeem an
outstanding warrant to purchase shares of our common stock. We
intend to use the remaining proceeds and any proceeds we receive
from the underwriters exercise of their over-allotment
option to pay the expenses of this offering and for general
corporate purposes. |
|
|
|
The payment of the special distribution in the amount described
above permits a return of capital to all of our stockholders as
of the record date, and does so without significantly decreasing
our capital resources or requiring these stockholders to sell
their shares. Of the estimated aggregate amount of the special
distribution of $ million,
assuming an initial public offering price of
$ per share, which is the midpoint
of the price range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus, $ million will be
paid in respect of shares of our capital stock over which our
directors and executive officers as a group are deemed to
exercise sole or shared voting or investment power. These
proceeds will be allocated as set forth in the following table. |
|
|
|
|
|
Special Distribution
|
|
Directors
|
|
|
Chad N.
Heath(1)
|
|
$
|
D. Mark
Dorman(1)
|
|
$
|
Executive Officers
|
|
|
Brent D. Richardson
|
|
$
|
John E. Crowley
|
|
$
|
Christopher C. Richardson
|
|
$
|
All directors and executive officers as a group
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Represents shares owned by Endeavour Capital Fund IV, L.P.
and certain affiliated funds. D. Mark Dorman and Chad N. Heath,
two of our directors, are managing directors of Endeavour
Capital IV, LLC, the general partner of such funds.
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
See Special Distribution and Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions Special
Distribution for additional information regarding the
beneficiaries of the special distribution. |
|
Dividend policy |
|
Except with respect to the special distribution, we do not
anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends on our common
stock in the foreseeable future. |
|
Risk factors |
|
You should carefully read and consider the information set forth
under the heading titled Risk Factors and all other
information set forth in this prospectus before deciding to
invest in shares of our common stock. |
|
Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol |
|
LOPE |
The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding
following this offering is based
on shares
of our common stock outstanding as
of ,
2008, and
excludes shares
of common stock reserved for future issuance under our
stock-based compensation plans.
Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus reflects and assumes
the following:
|
|
|
|
|
no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up
to
additional shares from us;
|
|
|
|
a for split
of our outstanding common stock to be effected immediately prior
to the effectiveness of this offering;
|
|
|
|
the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of
Series A preferred stock into 5,953 shares of common
stock upon the closing of the offering;
|
|
|
|
the filing of an amendment to our certificate of incorporation
to provide for the automatic conversion of all outstanding
shares of Series C preferred stock
into shares
of common stock upon the closing of the offering based on a
conversion price equal to the initial public offering price per
share, assuming an initial public offering price of
$ per share, which is the midpoint
of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus;
|
|
|
|
the repurchase by us of an outstanding warrant to purchase
common stock for up to $16.0 million in cash, as described
under Use of Proceeds;
|
|
|
|
the filing of our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated
bylaws immediately prior to the effectiveness of this
offering; and
|
|
|
|
the rounding of all fractional share amounts to the nearest
whole number.
|
6
SUMMARY
FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
The following table sets forth our summary financial and
operating data as of the dates and for the periods indicated.
The statement of operations and other data, excluding period end
enrollment, for each of the years in the three-year period ended
December 31, 2007, and the balance sheet data as of
December 31, 2007, have been derived from our audited
financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this
prospectus.
You should read the following summary financial and other data
in conjunction with Selected Financial and Other
Data, Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and our
financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in
this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except enrollment, share, and per share
data)
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
51,793
|
|
|
$
|
72,111
|
|
|
$
|
99,327
|
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and services
|
|
|
26,959
|
|
|
|
29,920
|
|
|
|
36,852
|
|
Selling and promotional
|
|
|
13,758
|
|
|
|
19,355
|
|
|
|
33,480
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
12,424
|
|
|
|
15,326
|
|
|
|
18,385
|
|
Royalty to former owner
|
|
|
1,619
|
|
|
|
2,678
|
|
|
|
3,782
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
54,760
|
|
|
|
67,279
|
|
|
|
92,499
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(2,967
|
)
|
|
|
4,832
|
|
|
|
6,828
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(3,016
|
)
|
|
|
(2,909
|
)
|
|
|
(3,070
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
276
|
|
|
|
912
|
|
|
|
1,172
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(5,707
|
)
|
|
|
2,835
|
|
|
|
4,930
|
|
Income tax expense
(benefit)(1)
|
|
|
(1,894
|
)
|
|
|
1,184
|
|
|
|
1,939
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(3,813
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,651
|
|
|
$
|
2,991
|
|
Preferred dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(527
|
)
|
|
|
(349
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income available (loss attributable) to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(3,813
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,124
|
|
|
$
|
2,642
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(377
|
)
|
|
$
|
109
|
|
|
$
|
255
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(377
|
)
|
|
$
|
82
|
|
|
$
|
159
|
|
Shares used in computing earnings (loss) per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
10,115
|
|
|
|
10,325
|
|
|
|
10,342
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
10,115
|
|
|
|
20,107
|
|
|
|
18,860
|
|
Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
$
|
(6,972
|
)
|
|
$
|
6,800
|
|
|
$
|
7,107
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
$
|
817
|
|
|
$
|
2,387
|
|
|
$
|
7,410
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
$
|
1,879
|
|
|
$
|
2,396
|
|
|
$
|
3,269
|
|
Adjusted
EBITDA(2)
|
|
$
|
1,042
|
|
|
$
|
10,864
|
|
|
$
|
14,175
|
|
Period end enrollment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Online
|
|
|
6,212
|
|
|
|
8,406
|
|
|
|
12,497
|
|
Ground
|
|
|
2,210
|
|
|
|
2,256
|
|
|
|
2,257
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
as
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Adjusted(3)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
23,210
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
91,163
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital lease obligations
|
|
|
29,228
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other indebtedness (including short-term indebtedness)
|
|
|
8,408
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock
|
|
|
31,948
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
(deficit)(1)
|
|
|
(7,792
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
On August 24, 2005, we converted from a limited liability
company to a taxable corporation. For all periods subsequent to
such date, we have been subject to corporate-level U.S.
federal and state income taxes. |
|
(2) |
|
Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) plus interest
expense net of interest income, plus income tax expense
(benefit), and plus depreciation and amortization (EBITDA), as
adjusted for (i) royalty payments incurred pursuant to an
agreement with our former owner that has been terminated as of
April 15, 2008, as discussed in Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Factors affecting
comparability Settlement with former owner and
Note 2 to our financial statements included with this
prospectus and (ii) management fees that are no longer paid
or that will no longer be payable following completion of this
offering. |
|
|
|
We present Adjusted EBITDA because we consider it to be an
important supplemental measure of our operating performance. We
also make certain compensation decisions based, in part, on our
operating performance, as measured by Adjusted EBITDA. See
Compensation Discussion and Analysis Impact of
Performance on Compensation. All of the adjustments made
in our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA are adjustments to items
that management does not consider to be reflective of our core
operating performance. Management considers our core operating
performance to be that which can be affected by our managers in
any particular period through their management of the resources
that affect our underlying revenue and profit generating
operations during that period. Management fees and royalty
expenses that became payable in connection with our acquisition
of Grand Canyon University, and subsequent financing
transactions, are not considered reflective of our core
operating performance. |
Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA:
|
|
|
|
|
in developing our internal budgets and strategic plan;
|
|
|
|
as a measurement of operating performance;
|
|
|
|
as a factor in evaluating the performance of our management for
compensation purposes; and
|
|
|
|
in presentations to the members of our board of directors to
enable our board to have the same measurement basis of operating
performance as are used by management to compare our current
operating results with corresponding prior periods and with the
results of other companies in our industry.
|
|
|
|
|
|
However, Adjusted EBITDA is not a recognized measurement under
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and
when analyzing our operating performance, investors should use
Adjusted EBITDA in addition to, and not as an alternative for,
net income, operating income, or any other performance measure
presented in accordance with GAAP, or as an alternative to cash
flow from operating activities or as a measure of our liquidity.
Because not all companies use identical calculations, our
presentation of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to
similarly titled measures of other companies. |
8
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, as
discussed under Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Non-GAAP Discussion. |
|
|
|
|
|
The following table provides a reconciliation of net income
(loss) to Adjusted EBITDA: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2005
|
|
2006
|
|
2007
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(3,813
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,651
|
|
|
$
|
2,991
|
|
Plus: interest expense net of interest income
|
|
|
2,740
|
|
|
|
1,997
|
|
|
|
1,898
|
|
Plus: income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(1,894
|
)
|
|
|
1,184
|
|
|
|
1,939
|
|
Plus: depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
1,879
|
|
|
|
2,396
|
|
|
|
3,269
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
|
(1,088
|
)
|
|
|
7,228
|
|
|
|
10,097
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plus: royalty to former
owner(a)
|
|
|
1,619
|
|
|
|
2,678
|
|
|
|
3,782
|
|
Plus: management
fees(b)
|
|
|
511
|
|
|
|
958
|
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
1,042
|
|
|
$
|
10,864
|
|
|
$
|
14,175
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Reflects the royalty fee arrangement with the former owner of
Grand Canyon University in which we agreed to pay a stated
percentage of cash revenue generated by our online programs. As
a result of the settlement of a dispute with our former owner,
we are no longer obligated to pay this royalty, although the
settlement includes a prepayment of future royalties that will
be amortized in 2008 and future periods. See
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Factors
affecting comparability Settlement with former
owner and Note 2 to our financial statements included
with this prospectus. |
|
(b) |
|
Reflects management fees of $0.1 million,
$0.3 million, and $0.3 million for the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, respectively, to the
general partner of Endeavour Capital, and an aggregate of
$0.4 million and $0.7 million for the years ended
December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively, to an entity
affiliated with a former director and another affiliated with a
significant stockholder, in each case following their investment
in us. The agreements relating to these arrangements have all
terminated or will terminate by their terms upon the closing of
this offering. See Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions. |
|
|
|
(3) |
|
For a description of the offering and pro forma adjustments, see
Capitalization. |
9
RISK
FACTORS
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk.
Before making an investment in our common stock, you should
carefully consider the following risks and the other information
contained in this prospectus, including our financial statements
and related notes, Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,
and Regulation. The risks described below are those
that we believe are the material risks we face. Any of the risk
factors described below, and others that we did not anticipate,
could significantly and adversely affect our business,
prospects, financial condition, results of operations, and cash
flows. As a result, the trading price of our common stock could
decline and you may lose all or part of your investment.
Risks
Related to Our Industry
Our
failure to comply with the extensive regulatory requirements
governing our school could result in financial penalties,
restrictions on our operations or growth, or loss of external
financial aid funding for our students.
In our 2006 and 2007 fiscal years, we derived approximately
64.0% and 65.4%, respectively, of our net revenues from tuition
financed under federal student financial aid programs, referred
to in this prospectus as the Title IV programs, which are
administered by the U.S. Department of Education, or
Department of Education. To participate in the Title IV
programs, a school must be authorized by the appropriate state
education agency or agencies, be accredited by an accrediting
commission recognized by the Department of Education, and be
certified as an eligible institution by the Department of
Education. In addition, our operations and programs are
regulated by other state education agencies and additional
accrediting commissions. As a result of these requirements, we
are subject to extensive regulation by the Arizona State Board
for Private Postsecondary Education and education agencies of
other states, the Higher Learning Commission, which is our
primary accrediting commission, specialized accrediting
commissions, and the Department of Education. These regulatory
requirements cover the vast majority of our operations,
including our educational programs, instructional and
administrative staff, administrative procedures, marketing,
recruiting, financial operations, and financial condition. These
regulatory requirements also affect our ability to open
additional schools and locations, add new educational programs,
change existing educational programs, and change our corporate
or ownership structure. The agencies that regulate our
operations periodically revise their requirements and modify
their interpretations of existing requirements. Regulatory
requirements are not always precise and clear, and regulatory
agencies may sometimes disagree with the way we have interpreted
or applied these requirements. Any misinterpretation by us of
regulatory requirements could materially adversely affect us.
If we fail to comply with any of these regulatory requirements,
we could suffer financial penalties, limitations on our
operations, loss of accreditation, termination of or limitations
on our ability to grant degrees and certificates, or limitations
on or termination of our eligibility to participate in the
Title IV programs, each of which could materially adversely
affect us. In addition, if we are charged with regulatory
violations, our reputation could be damaged, which could have a
negative impact on our stock price and our enrollments. We
cannot predict with certainty how all of these regulatory
requirements will be applied, or whether we will be able to
comply with all of the applicable requirements in the future.
If the
Department of Education does not recertify us to continue
participating in the Title IV programs, our students would
lose their access to Title IV program funds, or we could be
recertified but required to accept significant limitations as a
condition of our continued participation in the Title IV
programs.
Department of Education certification to participate in the
Title IV programs lasts a maximum of six years, and
institutions are thus required to seek recertification from the
Department of Education on a regular basis in order to continue
their participation in the Title IV programs. An
institution must also apply for recertification by the
Department of Education if it undergoes a change in control, as
defined by Department of Education regulations, and may be
subject to similar review if it expands its operations or
educational programs in certain ways.
Our most recent recertification, which was issued on a
provisional basis in May 2005 after an extended review by the
Department of Education following the change in control that
occurred in February 2004,
10
contained a number of conditions on our continued participation
in the Title IV programs. At that time we were required by
the Department of Education to post a letter of credit, accept
restrictions on the growth of our program offerings and
enrollment, and receive certain Title IV funds under the
heightened cash monitoring system of payment (pursuant to which
an institution is required to credit students with Title IV
funds prior to obtaining those funds from the Department of
Education) rather than by advance payment (pursuant to which an
institution receives Title IV funds from the Department of
Education in advance of disbursement to students). In October
2006, the Department of Education eliminated the letter of
credit requirement and allowed the growth restrictions to
expire, and in August 2007, it eliminated the heightened
cash monitoring restrictions and returned us to the advance
payment method. However, we remain certified on a provisional
basis, which means that the Department of Education may more
closely review our applications for recertification, new
locations, new educational programs, acquisitions of other
schools, or other significant changes, and it may revoke its
certification of us without advance notice if it determines we
are not fulfilling material Title IV requirements. Our
current certification extends to June 30, 2008, and we
submitted our application for recertification in March 2008.
There can be no assurance that the Department of Education will
recertify us, or that it will not impose restrictions as a
condition to approving our pending recertification application
or with respect to any future recertification. If the Department
of Education does not renew or withdraws our certification to
participate in the Title IV programs at any time, our
students would no longer be able to receive Title IV
program funds. Similarly, the Department of Education could
renew our certification, but restrict or delay our
students receipt of Title IV funds, limit the number
of students to whom we could disburse such funds, or place other
restrictions on us. Any of these outcomes would have a material
adverse effect on our enrollments and us.
Congress
may change the eligibility standards or reduce funding for the
Title IV programs, which could reduce our student
population, revenue, and profit margin.
Political and budgetary concerns significantly affect the
Title IV programs. Congress must periodically reauthorize
the Higher Education Act, which is the federal law that governs
the Title IV programs. The last reauthorization of the
Higher Education Act occurred in 1998, and Congress is currently
considering a new reauthorization, which is likely to contain
numerous changes to the Higher Education Act. In addition,
Congress must determine funding levels for the Title IV
programs on an annual basis, and can change the laws governing
the Title IV programs at any time. Because a significant
percentage of our revenue is derived from the Title IV
programs, any action by Congress that significantly reduces
Title IV program funding or our ability or the ability of
our students to participate in the Title IV programs could
require us to seek to arrange for other sources of financial aid
for our students and could materially decrease our student
enrollment. Such a decrease in our enrollment could have a
material adverse effect on us. Congressional action could also
require us to modify our practices in ways that could increase
our administrative and regulatory costs.
If we
do not meet specific financial responsibility standards
established by the Department of Education, we may be required
to post a letter of credit or accept other limitations in order
to continue participating in the Title IV programs, or we
could lose our eligibility to participate in the Title IV
programs.
To participate in the Title IV programs, an institution
must either satisfy specific quantitative standards of financial
responsibility prescribed by the Department of Education, or
post a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education
and possibly accept operating restrictions as well. These
financial responsibility tests are applied to each institution
on an annual basis based on the institutions audited
financial statements, and may be applied at other times, such as
if the institution undergoes a change in control. These tests
may also be applied to an institutions parent company or
other related entity. The operating restrictions that may be
placed on an institution that does not meet the quantitative
standards of financial responsibility include being transferred
from the advance payment method of receiving Title IV funds
to either the reimbursement or the heightened cash monitoring
system, which could result in a significant delay in the
institutions receipt of those funds. For example, when we
were recertified by the Department of Education to participate
in the Title IV programs in May 2005 following the change
in control that occurred in February 2004, the Department of
Education reviewed our fiscal year 2004 audited financial
statements and advised us that our composite score, which is a
standard of financial responsibility derived from a formula
established by the Department of Education, reflected financial
weakness. As a result of this and other concerns about our
11
administrative capability, the Department of Education required
us to post a letter of credit, accept restrictions on the growth
of our program offerings and enrollment, and receive
Title IV funds under the heightened cash monitoring system
of payment rather than by advance payment. In October 2006, the
Department of Education eliminated the letter of credit
requirement and allowed the growth restrictions to expire, and
in August 2007, it eliminated the heightened cash monitoring
restrictions and returned us to the advance payment method.
However, if, in the future, we fail to satisfy the Department of
Educations financial responsibility standards, we could
experience increased regulatory compliance costs or delays in
our receipt of Title IV funds because we could be required
to post a letter of credit or be subjected to operating
restrictions, or both. Our failure to secure a letter of credit
in these circumstances could cause us to lose our ability to
participate in the Title IV programs, which would
materially adversely affect us.
If we
do not comply with the Department of Educations
administrative capability standards, we could suffer financial
penalties, be required to accept other limitations in order to
continue participating in the Title IV programs, or lose
our eligibility to participate in the Title IV
programs.
To continue participating in the Title IV programs, an
institution must demonstrate to the Department of Education that
the institution is capable of adequately administering the
Title IV programs under specific standards prescribed by
the Department of Education. These administrative capability
criteria require, among other things, that the institution has
an adequate number of qualified personnel to administer the
Title IV programs, has adequate procedures for disbursing
and safeguarding Title IV funds and for maintaining
records, submits all required reports and financial statements
in a timely manner, and does not have significant problems that
affect the institutions ability to administer the
Title IV programs. If we fail to satisfy any of these
criteria, the Department of Education may assess financial
penalties against us, restrict the manner in which the
Department of Education delivers Title IV funds to us,
place us on provisional certification status, or limit or
terminate our participation in the Title IV programs, any
of which could materially adversely affect us. When we were
recertified by the Department of Education to participate in the
Title IV programs in May 2005 following the change in
control that occurred in February 2004, the Department of
Education required us to post a letter of credit, accept
restrictions on the growth of our program offerings and
enrollment, and receive Title IV funds under the heightened
cash monitoring system of payment rather than by advance
payment, due to the Department of Educations concerns
about our administrative capability combined with our financial
weakness under the Department of Educations standards of
financial responsibility.
We
would lose our ability to participate in the Title IV
programs if we fail to maintain our institutional accreditation,
and our student enrollments could decline if we fail to maintain
any of our accreditations or approvals.
An institution must be accredited by an accrediting commission
recognized by the Department of Education in order to
participate in the Title IV programs. We have institutional
accreditation by the Higher Learning Commission, which is an
accrediting commission recognized by the Department of
Education. To remain accredited, we must continuously meet
accreditation standards relating to, among other things,
performance, governance, institutional integrity, educational
quality, faculty, administrative capability, resources, and
financial stability. If we fail to satisfy any of these
standards, we could lose our accreditation by the Higher
Learning Commission, which would cause us to lose our
eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs and
could cause a significant decline in our total student
enrollments and have a material adverse effect on us. In
addition, many of our individual educational programs are also
accredited by specialized accrediting commissions or approved by
specialized state agencies. If we fail to satisfy the standards
of any of those specialized accrediting commissions or state
agencies, we could lose the specialized accreditation or
approval for the affected programs, which could result in
materially reduced student enrollments in those programs and
have a material adverse effect on us.
If we
do not maintain our state authorization in Arizona, we may not
operate or participate in the Title IV
programs.
A school that grants degrees or certificates must be authorized
by the relevant education agency of the state in which it is
located. We are located in the state of Arizona and are
authorized by the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary
Education. State authorization is also required for our students
to be eligible
12
to receive funding under the Title IV programs. To maintain
our state authorization, we must continuously meet standards
relating to, among other things, educational programs,
facilities, instructional and administrative staff, marketing
and recruitment, financial operations, addition of new locations
and educational programs, and various operational and
administrative procedures. If we fail to satisfy any of these
standards, we could lose our authorization by the Arizona State
Board for Private Postsecondary Education to offer our
educational programs, which would also cause us to lose our
eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs and
have a material adverse effect on us.
If a
substantial number of our students cannot secure Title IV
loans as a result of decreased lender participation in the
Title IV programs or if lenders increase the costs or
reduce the benefits associated with the Title IV loans they
provide, we could be materially adversely
affected.
The cumulative impact of recent regulatory and market
developments and conditions has caused some lenders to cease
providing Title IV loans to students, including some
lenders that have previously provided Title IV loans to our
students. Other lenders have reduced the benefits and increased
the fees associated with the Title IV loans they provide.
We and other schools have had to modify student loan practices
in ways that could result in higher administrative costs. If the
costs of their Title IV loans increase, some students may
decide not to take out loans and not enroll in a postsecondary
institution. In May 2008, new federal legislation was enacted to
attempt to ensure that all eligible students will be able to
obtain Title IV loans in the future and that a sufficient
number of lenders will continue to provide Title IV loans.
Among other things, the new legislation:
|
|
|
|
|
authorizes the Department of Education to purchase Title IV
loans from lenders, thereby providing capital to the lenders to
enable them to continue making Title IV loans to students;
and
|
|
|
|
permits the Department of Education to designate institutions
eligible to participate in a lender of last resort
program, under which federally recognized student loan guaranty
agencies will be required to make Title IV loans to all
otherwise eligible students at those institutions.
|
We cannot predict if this legislation will be effective in
ensuring students access to Title IV loans. If a
substantial number of lenders cease to participate in the
Title IV loan programs, increase the costs of student
access to such programs, or reduce the benefits available under
such programs, our students may not have access to such loans,
which could cause our enrollments to decline and have a material
adverse effect on us.
An
increase in interest rates could adversely affect our ability to
attract and retain students.
Approximately 65.4% of our net revenues for the year ended
December 31, 2007, were derived from tuition financed under
the Title IV programs, which include student loans with
interest rates subsidized by the federal government.
Additionally, some of our students finance their education
through private loans that are not subsidized. Interest rates
have reached relatively low levels in recent years, creating a
favorable borrowing environment for students. However, in the
event interest rates increase or Congress decreases the amount
available for federal student aid, our students may have to pay
higher interest rates on their loans. Any future increase in
interest rates will result in a corresponding increase in
educational costs to our existing and prospective students,
which could result in a significant reduction in our student
population and revenues. Higher interest rates could also
contribute to higher default rates with respect to our
students repayment of their education loans. Higher
default rates may in turn adversely impact our eligibility to
participate in some or all of the Title IV programs, which
could result in a significant reduction in our student
population and our profitability. See We may lose our
eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs if our
student loan default rates are too high located elsewhere
in Risk Factors for further information.
Our
failure to comply with the regulatory requirements of states
other than Arizona could result in actions taken by those states
that could have a material adverse effect on our
enrollments.
Almost every state imposes regulatory requirements on
educational institutions that have physical facilities located
within the states boundaries. These regulatory
requirements establish standards in areas such as educational
programs, facilities, instructional and administrative staff,
marketing and recruitment, financial operations, addition of new
locations and educational programs, and various operational and
administrative procedures, some of which are different than the
standards prescribed by the Department of Education or the
13
Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education. In
addition, several states have sought to assert jurisdiction over
educational institutions offering online degree programs that
have no physical location or other presence in the state but
that have some activity in the state, such as enrolling or
offering educational services to students who reside in the
state, employing faculty who reside in the state, or advertising
to or recruiting prospective students in the state. State
regulatory requirements for online education vary among the
states, are not well developed in many states, are imprecise or
unclear in some states, and can change frequently. In the
future, states could coordinate their efforts in order to more
aggressively attempt to regulate or restrict schools
offering of online education.
In addition to Arizona, we have determined that our activities
in certain states constitute a presence requiring licensure or
authorization under the requirements of the state education
agency in those states. In certain other states, we have
obtained approvals to operate as we have determined necessary in
connection with our marketing and recruiting activities. If we
fail to comply with state licensing or authorization
requirements for a state, or fail to obtain licenses or
authorizations when required, we could lose our state licensure
or authorization by that state or be subject to other sanctions,
including restrictions on our activities in that state, fines,
and penalties. The loss of licensure or authorization in a state
other than Arizona could prohibit us from recruiting prospective
students or offering educational services to current students in
that state, which could significantly reduce our enrollments and
revenues and materially adversely effect us.
State laws and regulations are not always precise or clear, and
regulatory agencies may sometimes disagree with the way we have
interpreted or applied these requirements. Any misinterpretation
by us of these regulatory requirements or adverse changes in
regulations or interpretations thereof by regulators could
materially adversely affect us.
The
inability of our graduates to obtain a professional license or
certification in their chosen field of study could reduce our
enrollments and revenues, and potentially lead to student claims
against us that could be costly to us.
Many of our students, particularly those in our education and
healthcare programs, seek a professional license or
certification in their chosen fields following graduation. A
students ability to obtain a professional license or
certification depends on several factors, including whether the
institution and the students program were accredited by a
particular accrediting commission or approved by a professional
association or by the state in which the student seeks
employment. Additional factors are outside the control of the
institution, such as the individual students own
background and qualifications. If one or more states refuse to
recognize a significant number of our students for professional
licensing or certification based on factors relating to our
institution or programs, the potential growth of those programs
would be negatively impacted and we could be exposed to claims
or litigation by students or graduates based on their inability
to obtain their desired professional license or certification,
each of which could materially adversely affect us.
Increased
scrutiny by various governmental agencies regarding
relationships between student loan providers and educational
institutions and their employees have produced significant
uncertainty concerning restrictions applicable to the
administration of the Title IV loan programs and the
funding for those programs which, if not satisfactorily or
timely resolved, could result in increased regulatory burdens
and costs for us and could adversely affect our student
enrollments.
During 2007 and 2008, student loan programs, including the
Title IV programs, have come under increased scrutiny by
the Department of Education, Congress, state attorneys general,
and other parties. Issues that have received extensive attention
include allegations of conflicts of interest between some
institutions and lenders that provide Title IV loans,
questionable incentives given by lenders to some schools and
school employees, allegations of deceptive practices in the
marketing of student loans, and schools leading students to use
certain lenders. Several institutions and lenders have been
cited for these problems and have paid several million dollars
in the aggregate to settle those claims. The practices of
numerous other schools and lenders are being examined by
government agencies at the federal and state level. The Attorney
General of the State of Arizona has previously requested
extensive documentation and information from us and other
institutions in Arizona concerning student loan practices, and
we recently provided testimony in response to a subpoena from
the Attorney General of the State of Arizona about such
practices. While no penalties have been assessed
14
against us, we do not know what the results of that
investigation will be. As a result of this scrutiny, Congress
has passed new laws, the Department of Education has enacted
stricter regulations that take effect July 1, 2008, and
several states have adopted codes of conduct or enacted state
laws that further regulate the conduct of lenders, schools, and
school personnel. These new laws and regulations, among other
things, limit schools relationships with lenders, restrict
the types of services that schools may receive from lenders,
prohibit lenders from providing other types of loans to students
in exchange for Title IV loan volume from schools, require
schools to provide additional information to students concerning
institutionally preferred lenders, and significantly reduce the
amount of federal payments to lenders who participate in the
Title IV loan programs. The environment surrounding access
to and cost of student loans remains in a state of flux, with
reviews of many institutions and lenders still pending and with
additional legislation and regulatory changes being actively
considered at the federal and state levels. The uncertainty
surrounding these issues, and any resolution of these issues
that increases loan costs or reduces students access to
Title IV loans, may adversely affect our student
enrollments, which could have an adverse effect on us.
Government
agencies, regulatory agencies, and third parties may conduct
compliance reviews, bring claims, or initiate litigation against
us based on alleged violations of the extensive regulatory
requirements applicable to us, which could require us to pay
monetary damages, be sanctioned or limited in our operations,
and expend significant resources to defend against those
claims.
Because we operate in a highly regulated industry, we are
subject to program reviews, audits, investigations, claims of
non-compliance, and lawsuits by government agencies, regulatory
agencies, students, stockholders, and other third parties
alleging non-compliance with applicable legal requirements, many
of which are imprecise and subject to interpretation. As we grow
larger, this scrutiny of our business may increase. If the
result of any such proceeding is unfavorable to us, we may lose
or have limitations imposed on our state licensing,
accreditation, or Title IV program participation; be
required to pay monetary damages (including triple damages in
certain whistleblower suits); or be subject to fines,
injunctions, or other penalties, any of which could have a
material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial
condition, and results of operations. Claims and lawsuits
brought against us, even if they are without merit, may also
result in adverse publicity, damage our reputation, negatively
affect the market price of our stock, adversely affect our
student enrollments, and reduce the willingness of third parties
to do business with us. Even if we adequately address the issues
raised by any such proceeding and successfully defend against
it, we may have to devote significant financial and management
resources to address these issues, which could harm our business.
A
decline in the overall growth of enrollment in postsecondary
institutions, or in the number of students seeking degrees in
our core disciplines, could cause us to experience lower
enrollment at our schools, which could negatively impact our
future growth.
According to the NCES, enrollment in degree-granting,
postsecondary institutions is projected to grow 15.5% over the
ten-year period ending fall 2015 to approximately
20.2 million. This growth is slower than the 22.6% increase
reported in the prior ten-year period ended in fall 2005, when
enrollment increased from 14.3 million in 1995 to
17.5 million in 2005. In addition, according to the Western
Interstate Commission for Higher Education, the number of high
school graduates that are eligible to enroll in
degree-granting,
postsecondary institutions is expected to peak at approximately
3.3 million for the class of 2008, falling in the period
between
2007-08 and
2013-14 by
about 150,000 in total before resuming a growth pattern for the
foreseeable future thereafter. In order to maintain current
growth rates, we will need to attract a larger percentage of
students in existing markets and expand our markets by creating
new academic programs. In addition, if job growth in the fields
related to our core disciplines is weaker than expected,
including since the 2007 BLS report predicting strong job growth
in these disciplines was completed, fewer students may seek the
types of degrees that we offer. Our failure to attract new
students, or the decisions by prospective students to seek
degrees in other disciplines, would have an adverse impact on
our future growth.
If our
students were unable to obtain private loans from third-party
lenders, our business could be adversely affected given our
increasing reliance on such lenders as a source of net
revenues.
During fiscal 2007, private loans to students at our school
represented approximately 5.0% of our revenue (calculated on a
cash basis), as compared to 3.1% of revenue in fiscal 2006 and
1.8% of revenue in fiscal
15
2005. These loans were provided pursuant to private loan
programs and were made available to eligible students to fund a
portion of the students costs of education not covered by
the Title IV programs and state financial aid sources.
Private loans are made to our students by lending institutions
and are non-recourse to us. Recent adverse market conditions for
consumer and federally guaranteed student loans (including
lenders increasing difficulties in reselling or
syndicating student loan portfolios) have resulted, and could
continue to result, in providers of private loans reducing the
availability of or increasing the costs associated with
providing private loans to postsecondary students. In
particular, loans to students with low credit scores who would
not otherwise be eligible for credit-based private loans have
become increasingly difficult to obtain. Prospective students
may find that these increased financing costs make borrowing
prohibitively expensive and abandon or delay enrollment in
postsecondary education programs. If any of these scenarios were
to occur, our students ability to finance their education
could be adversely affected and our student population could
decrease, which could have a material adverse effect on our
business, prospects, financial condition, and results of
operations.
If any
of the education regulatory agencies that regulate us do not
approve or delay their approval of any transaction involving us
that constitutes a change in control, our ability to
operate or participate in the Title IV programs may be
impaired.
If we experience a change in control under the standards of the
Department of Education, the Arizona State Board for Private
Postsecondary Education, the Higher Learning Commission, or any
other applicable state education agency or accrediting
commission, we must notify or seek the approval of each such
agency. These agencies do not have uniform criteria for what
constitutes a change in control. Transactions or events that
typically constitute a change in control include significant
acquisitions or dispositions of the voting stock of an
institution or its parent company, and significant changes in
the composition of the board of directors of an institution or
its parent company. Some of these transactions or events may be
beyond our control. Our failure to obtain, or a delay in
receiving, approval of any change in control from the Department
of Education, the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary
Education, or the Higher Learning Commission could impair our
ability to operate or participate in the Title IV programs,
which could have a material adverse effect on our business and
financial condition. Our failure to obtain, or a delay in
receiving, approval of any change in control from any other
state in which we are currently licensed or authorized, or from
any of our specialized accrediting commissions, could require us
to suspend our activities in that state or suspend offering the
applicable programs until we receive the required approval, or
could otherwise impair our operations. The potential adverse
effects of a change in control could influence future decisions
by us and our stockholders regarding the sale, purchase,
transfer, issuance, or redemption of our stock, which could
discourage bids for your shares of our stock and could have an
adverse effect on the market price of your shares.
We will notify or seek confirmation from the Department of
Education, the Higher Learning Commission, the Arizona State
Board for Private Postsecondary Education, and other applicable
state education agencies and accrediting commissions, as we
believe necessary, that this offering will not constitute a
change in control under their respective standards.
We are
subject to sanctions if we pay impermissible commissions,
bonuses, or other incentive payments to persons involved in
certain recruiting, admissions, or financial aid
activities.
A school participating in the Title IV programs may not
provide, or contract with a third party that provides, any
commission, bonus, or other incentive payment based on success
in enrolling students or securing financial aid to any person
involved in student recruiting or admission activities or in
making decisions regarding the awarding of Title IV program
funds. The laws and regulations related to this requirement do
not establish clear criteria for compliance in all
circumstances, and in recent years several
for-profit
education companies have been faced with whistleblower lawsuits
by former employees alleging violations of this prohibition. If
we or any third parties we have engaged or engage in the future
violate this law, we could be fined or sanctioned by the
Department of Education, or subjected to other monetary
penalties that could be substantial, any of which could harm our
reputation, impose significant costs on us, and have a material
adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition,
and results of operations.
16
Our
reputation and our stock price may be negatively affected by the
actions of other postsecondary educational
institutions.
In recent years, regulatory proceedings and litigation have been
commenced against various postsecondary educational institutions
relating to, among other things, deceptive trade practices,
false claims against the government, and non-compliance with
Department of Education requirements, state education laws, and
state consumer protection laws. These proceedings have been
brought by the Department of Education, the U.S. Department
of Justice, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or
SEC, and state governmental agencies, among others. These
allegations have attracted adverse media coverage and have been
the subject of legislative hearings and regulatory actions at
both the federal and state levels, focusing not only on the
individual schools but in some cases on the larger for-profit
postsecondary education sector as a whole. Adverse media
coverage regarding other for-profit education companies or other
educational institutions could damage our reputation, result in
lower enrollments, revenues, and operating profit, and have a
negative impact on our stock price. Such coverage could also
result in increased scrutiny and regulation by the Department of
Education, Congress, accrediting commissions, state
legislatures, state attorneys general, or other governmental
authorities of all educational institutions, including us.
If the
percentage of our revenue that is derived from the Title IV
programs is too high, we may lose our eligibility to participate
in those programs.
A for-profit institution loses its eligibility to participate in
the Title IV programs if, under a formula that requires
cash basis accounting and other adjustments to the calculation
of revenue, it derives more than 90% of its revenues from those
programs in any fiscal year. The period of ineligibility is at
least the next succeeding fiscal year, and any Title IV
funds already received by the institution and its students in
that succeeding year would have to be returned to the applicable
lender or the Department of Education. Using the Department of
Educations formula for this test, we have calculated that,
for our 2006 and 2007 fiscal years, we derived approximately
71.5% and 74.0%, respectively, of our revenues from the
Title IV programs. Recent changes in federal law that
increased Title IV grant and loan limits, and any
additional increases in the future, may result in an increase in
the revenues we receive from the Title IV programs, which
could make it more difficult for us to satisfy this requirement.
Exceeding the 90% threshold and losing our eligibility to
participate in the Title IV programs for a fiscal year
would have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects,
financial condition, and results of operations.
We may
lose our eligibility to participate in the Title IV
programs if our student loan default rates are too
high.
An institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some
or all of the Title IV programs if, for three consecutive
years, 25% or more of its students who were required to begin
repayment on their student loans in one year default on their
payment by the end of the following year. In addition, an
institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some or
all of the Title IV programs if the default rate of its
students exceeds 40% for any single year. Congress is
considering legislation that would extend the period for
counting student defaults in an institutions default rate
by one additional year, which if enacted is expected to increase
the student loan default rates for most institutions. Any
increase in interest rates or declines in income or job losses
for our students could also contribute to higher default rates
on student loans. Exceeding the student loan default rate
thresholds and losing our eligibility to participate in the
Title IV programs would have a material adverse effect on
our business, prospects, financial condition, and results of
operations. Any future changes in the formula for calculating
student loan default rates, economic conditions, or other
factors that cause our default rates to increase, could place us
in danger of losing our eligibility to participate in some or
all of the Title IV programs and materially adversely
affect us.
We are
subject to sanctions if we fail to correctly calculate and
timely return Title IV program funds for students who
withdraw before completing their educational
program.
A school participating in the Title IV programs must
calculate the amount of unearned Title IV program funds
that it has disbursed to students who withdraw from their
educational programs before completing such programs and must
return those unearned funds to the appropriate lender or the
Department of Education in a timely manner, generally within
45 days of the date the school determines that the student
has withdrawn. If
17
the unearned funds are not properly calculated and timely
returned for a sufficient percentage of students, we may have to
post a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education
equal to 25% of the Title IV funds that should have been
returned for such students in the prior fiscal year, and we
could be fined or otherwise sanctioned by the Department of
Education, which could increase our cost of regulatory
compliance and materially adversely affect us.
We
cannot offer new programs, expand our operations into certain
states, or acquire additional schools if such actions are not
timely approved by the applicable regulatory agencies, and we
may have to repay Title IV funds disbursed to students
enrolled in any such programs, schools, or states if we do not
obtain prior approval.
Our expansion efforts include offering new educational programs.
In addition, we may increase our operations in additional states
and seek to acquire existing schools from other companies. If we
are unable to obtain the necessary approvals for such new
programs, operations, or acquisitions from the Department of
Education, the Higher Learning Commission, the Arizona State
Board for Private Postsecondary Education, or any other
applicable state education agency or accrediting commission, or
if we are unable to obtain such approvals in a timely manner,
our ability to consummate the planned actions and provide
Title IV funds to any affected students would be impaired,
which could have a material adverse effect on our expansion
plans. If we were to determine erroneously that any such action
did not need approval or had all required approvals, we could be
liable for repayment of the Title IV program funds provided
to students in that program or at that location.
Risks
Related to Our Business
Our
success depends, in part, on the effectiveness of our marketing
and advertising programs in recruiting new
students.
Building awareness of Grand Canyon University and the programs
we offer is critical to our ability to attract prospective
students. It is also critical to our success that we convert
prospective students to enrolled students in a cost-effective
manner and that these enrolled students remain active in our
programs. Some of the factors that could prevent us from
successfully recruiting, enrolling, and retaining students in
our programs include:
|
|
|
|
|
the reduced availability of, or higher interest rates and other
costs associated with, Title IV loan funds or other sources
of financial aid;
|
|
|
|
the emergence of more successful competitors;
|
|
|
|
factors related to our marketing, including the costs and
effectiveness of Internet advertising and broad-based branding
campaigns and recruiting efforts;
|
|
|
|
performance problems with our online systems;
|
|
|
|
failure to maintain institutional and specialized accreditations;
|
|
|
|
the requirements of the education agencies that regulate us
which restrict schools initiation of new programs and
modification of existing programs;
|
|
|
|
the requirements of the education agencies that regulate us
which restrict the ways schools can compensate their recruitment
personnel;
|
|
|
|
increased regulation of online education, including in states in
which we do not have a physical presence;
|
|
|
|
restrictions that may be imposed on graduates of online programs
that seek certification or licensure in certain states;
|
|
|
|
student dissatisfaction with our services and programs;
|
|
|
|
adverse publicity regarding us, our competitors, or online or
for-profit education generally;
|
|
|
|
price reductions by competitors that we are unwilling or unable
to match;
|
|
|
|
a decline in the acceptance of online education;
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
an adverse economic or other development that affects job
prospects in our core disciplines; and
|
|
|
|
a decrease in the perceived or actual economic benefits that
students derive from our programs.
|
If we are unable to continue to develop awareness of Grand
Canyon University and the programs we offer, and to recruit,
enroll, and retain students, our enrollments would suffer and
our ability to increase revenues and maintain profitability
would be significantly impaired.
If we
are unable to hire and train new and existing employees
responsible for student recruitment, the effectiveness of our
student recruiting efforts would be adversely
affected.
In order to support our planned revenue growth we intend to
hire, develop, and train a significant number of additional
employees responsible for student recruitment and retain and
continue to develop and train our current student recruitment
personnel. Our ability to develop and maintain a strong student
recruiting function may be affected by a number of factors,
including our ability to integrate and motivate our enrollment
counselors, our ability to effectively train our enrollment
counselors, the length of time it takes new enrollment
counselors to become productive, regulatory restrictions on the
method of compensating enrollment counselors, and the
competition in hiring and retaining enrollment counselors. If we
are unable to hire, develop, and retain a sufficient number of
qualified enrollment counselors, our ability to increase
enrollments would be adversely affected.
We
will incur increased costs as a result of being a public
company, and the requirements of being a public company may
divert management attention from our business.
As a public company, we will be subject to a number of
additional requirements, including the reporting requirements of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange
Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Sarbanes-Oxley Act and
the listing standards of Nasdaq. These requirements will cause
us to incur increased costs and might place a strain on our
systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires, among other
things, that we file annual, quarterly, and current reports with
respect to our business and financial condition. The
Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we
maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and
internal control over financial reporting, and also requires
that our internal controls be assessed by management and
attested to by our auditors as of December 31 of each year
commencing with our year ending December 31, 2009. In order
to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure
controls and procedures and internal control over financial
reporting, significant resources and management oversight will
be required. As a result, our managements attention might
be diverted from other business concerns, which could have a
material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial
condition, and results of operations. Furthermore, we might not
be able to retain our independent directors or attract new
independent directors for our committees.
We have material weaknesses in our internal control over
financial reporting. If we fail to develop or maintain an
effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to
accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a
result, current and potential stockholders could lose confidence
in our financial reporting, which would harm our business and
the trading price of our common stock.
During the preparation of our financial statements for 2005,
2006, and 2007, our management identified material weaknesses in
our internal control over financial reporting, as defined in the
standards established by the American Institute of Certified
Public Accountants, that affected our financial statements for
each of the years in the three-year period ended
December 31, 2007. See Managements Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Internal Control Over Financial
Reporting.
The material weaknesses in our internal control over financial
reporting during the past three years related principally to a
lack of adequate personnel and procedures for recording certain
purchased assets, expenses, leases, and equity instruments. We
are in the process of remediating these material weaknesses, but
have not yet been able to complete our remediation efforts. See
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Internal Control
Over Financial Reporting. It will take additional time to
design, implement, and test the controls and procedures required
to enable our management to conclude that our internal control
over financial reporting is effective. We cannot at this time
estimate how long it will take to complete our remediation
efforts. We cannot assure you that measures we plan to take will
19
be effective in mitigating or preventing significant
deficiencies or material weaknesses in our internal control over
financial reporting. Any failure to maintain or implement
required new or improved controls, or any difficulties we
encounter in their implementation, could result in additional
material weaknesses, cause us to fail to meet our periodic
reporting obligations or result in material misstatements in our
financial statements. Any such failure could also adversely
affect the results of periodic management evaluations and annual
auditor attestation reports regarding the effectiveness of our
internal control over financial reporting that will be required
when the SECs rules under Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 become applicable to us beginning
with our Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ending December 31, 2009, to be filed in early
2010. The existence of a material weakness could result in
errors in our financial statements that could result in a
restatement of our financial statements, cause us to fail to
meet our reporting obligations and cause investors to lose
confidence in our reported financial information, leading to a
decline in our stock price.
We
operate in a highly competitive industry, and competitors with
greater resources could harm our business.
The postsecondary education market is highly fragmented and
competitive. We compete for students with traditional public and
private two-year and four-year colleges and universities and
other for-profit schools, including those that offer online
learning programs. Many public and private schools, colleges,
and universities, including most major colleges and
universities, offer online programs. We expect to experience
additional competition in the future as more colleges,
universities, and for-profit schools offer an increasing number
of online programs. Public institutions receive substantial
government subsidies, and public and private non-profit
institutions have access to government and foundation grants,
tax-deductible contributions, and other financial resources
generally not available to for-profit schools. Accordingly,
public and private non-profit institutions may have
instructional and support resources superior to those in the
for-profit sector, and public institutions can offer
substantially lower tuition prices. Some of our competitors in
both the public and private sectors also have substantially
greater financial and other resources than we do. We may not be
able to compete successfully against current or future
competitors and may face competitive pressures that could
adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition,
and results of operations. These competitive factors could cause
our enrollments, revenues, and profitability to significantly
decrease. See Business Competition for
further information.
Capacity
constraints or system disruptions to our online computer
networks could have a material adverse effect on our ability to
attract and retain students.
The performance and reliability of the infrastructure of our
online operations are critical to our reputation and to our
ability to attract and retain students. Any computer system
disruption or failure, or a sudden and significant increase in
traffic on the servers that host our online operations, may
result in our online courses and programs being unavailable for
a period of time. In addition, any significant failure of our
computer networks or servers could disrupt our on-campus
operations. Individual, sustained, or repeated occurrences could
significantly damage the reputation of our online operations and
result in a loss of potential or existing students.
Additionally, our online operations are vulnerable to
interruption or malfunction due to events beyond our control,
including natural disasters and network and telecommunications
failures. Our computer networks may also be vulnerable to
unauthorized access, computer hackers, computer viruses, and
other security problems. A user who circumvents security
measures could misappropriate proprietary information or cause
interruptions to or malfunctions in operations. As a result, we
may be required to expend significant resources to protect
against the threat of these security breaches or to alleviate
problems caused by these incidents. Any interruption to our
online operations could have a material adverse effect on our
ability to attract students to our online programs and to retain
those students.
We may
not be able to successfully implement our growth strategy if we
are not able to improve the content of our existing academic
programs or to develop new programs on a timely basis and in a
cost-effective
manner, or at all.
We continually seek to improve the content of our existing
programs and develop new programs in order to meet changing
market needs. The success of any of our programs and courses,
both ground and online,
20
depends in part on our ability to expand the content of our
existing programs, develop new programs in a
cost-effective
manner, and meet the needs of existing and prospective students
and employers in a timely manner, as well as on the acceptance
of our actions by existing or prospective students and
employers. As of December 31, 2007, we offered 65 fully
online programs, 17 of which we introduced in 2007 and many of
which were based on our existing ground programs. In the future,
we may develop programs solely, or initially, for online use,
which may pose new challenges, including the need to develop
course content without having an existing program on which such
content can be based. Even if we are able to develop acceptable
new programs, we may not be able to introduce these new programs
in a timely fashion or as quickly as our competitors are able to
introduce competing programs. If we do not respond adequately to
changes in market conditions, our ability to attract and retain
students could be impaired and our business, prospects,
financial condition, and results of operations could suffer.
The development and approval of new programs and courses, both
ground and online, are subject to requirements and limitations
imposed by the Department of Education, state licensing
agencies, and the relevant accrediting commissions, and in
certain cases, such as with our newly approved doctoral program
in education, involves a process that can take several years to
complete. The imposition of restrictions on the initiation of
new educational programs by any of our regulatory agencies, or
delays in obtaining approvals of such programs, may delay our
expansion plans. Establishing new academic programs or modifying
existing academic programs may also require us to make
investments in specialized personnel, increase marketing
efforts, and reallocate resources. We may have limited
experience with the subject matter of new programs.
If we are unable to expand our existing programs, offer new
programs on a timely basis or in a cost-effective manner, or
otherwise manage effectively the operations of newly established
programs, our business, prospects, financial condition, and
results of operations could be adversely affected.
Our
failure to keep pace with changing market needs and technology
could harm our ability to attract students.
Our success depends to a large extent on the willingness of
employers to employ, promote, or increase the pay of our
graduates. Increasingly, employers demand that their new
employees possess appropriate technical and analytical skills
and also appropriate interpersonal skills, such as
communication, and teamwork skills. These skills can evolve
rapidly in a changing economic and technological environment.
Accordingly, it is important that our educational programs
evolve in response to those economic and technological changes.
The expansion of existing academic programs and the development
of new programs may not be accepted by current or prospective
students or by the employers of our graduates. Even if we are
able to develop acceptable new programs, we may not be able to
begin offering those new programs in a timely fashion or as
quickly as our competitors offer similar programs. If we are
unable to adequately respond to changes in market requirements
due to regulatory or financial constraints, unusually rapid
technological changes, or other factors, the rates at which our
graduates obtain jobs in their fields of study could suffer, our
ability to attract and retain students could be impaired, and
our business, prospects, financial condition, and results of
operations could be adversely affected.
If we
do not maintain existing, and develop additional, relationships
with employers, our future growth may be impaired.
We currently have relationships with large school districts and
healthcare systems, primarily in Arizona, and also recently
began seeking relationships with national and international
employers, to provide their employees with the opportunity to
obtain degrees through us while continuing their employment.
These relationships are an important part of our strategy as
they provide us with a steady source of potential working adult
students for particular programs and also serve to increase our
reputation among high-profile employers. If we are unable to
develop new relationships, or if our existing relationships
deteriorate or end, our efforts to seek these sources of
potential working adult students will be impaired, and this
could materially and adversely affect our business, prospects,
financial condition, and results of operations.
21
Our
failure to effectively manage our growth could harm our
business.
Our business recently has experienced rapid growth. Growth and
expansion of our operations may place a significant strain on
our resources and increase demands on our executive management
team, management information and reporting systems, financial
management controls and personnel, and regulatory compliance
systems and personnel. We may not be able to maintain or
accelerate our current growth rate, effectively manage our
expanding operations, or achieve planned growth on a timely or
profitable basis. If we are unable to manage our growth
effectively, we may experience operating inefficiencies and our
earnings may be materially adversely affected.
Our
success depends upon our ability to recruit and retain key
personnel.
Our success to date has largely depended on, and will continue
to depend on, the skills, efforts, and motivation of our
executive officers, who generally have significant experience
with our company and within the education industry. Our success
also largely depends on our ability to attract and retain highly
qualified faculty, school administrators, and additional
corporate management personnel. We may have difficulties in
locating and hiring qualified personnel and in retaining such
personnel once hired. In addition, other than
non-compete
agreements of limited duration that we have with certain
executive officers, we do not generally seek non-compete
agreements with key personnel and they may leave and
subsequently compete against us. The loss of the services of any
of our key personnel, many of whom are not party to employment
agreements with us, or our failure to attract and retain other
qualified and experienced personnel on acceptable terms, could
cause our business to suffer.
The
protection of our operations through exclusive proprietary
rights and intellectual property is limited, and from time to
time we encounter disputes relating to our use of intellectual
property of third parties, any of which could harm our
operations and prospects.
In the ordinary course of our business we develop intellectual
property of many kinds that is or will be the subject of
copyright, trademark, service mark, patent, trade secret, or
other protections. This intellectual property includes but is
not limited to courseware materials and business know-how and
internal processes and procedures developed to respond to the
requirements of operating our business and to comply with the
rules and regulations of various education regulatory agencies.
We rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, service
marks, trade secrets, domain names, and agreements to protect
our intellectual property. We rely on service mark and trademark
protection in the United States to protect our rights to the
mark Grand Canyon University, as well as distinctive
logos and other marks associated with our services. We rely on
agreements under which we obtain rights to use course content
developed by faculty members and other third party content
experts, as well as license agreements pursuant to which we
license the right to brand certain of our program offerings. We
cannot assure you that the measures that we take will be
adequate or that we have secured, or will be able to secure,
appropriate protections for all of our proprietary rights in the
United States or select foreign jurisdictions, or that third
parties will not infringe upon or violate our proprietary
rights. Unauthorized third parties may attempt to duplicate or
copy the proprietary aspects of our curricula, online resource
material, and other content, and offer competing programs to
ours.
In particular, we license the right to utilize the name of Ken
Blanchard in connection with our business school and Executive
MBA programs and have spent significant resources in related
branding efforts. Nevertheless, our license agreement with
Blanchard Education, LLC has a fixed term and may not
necessarily be extended in the future. In addition, third
parties may attempt to develop competing programs or copy
aspects of our curriculum, online resource material, quality
management, and other proprietary content. The termination of
this license agreement, or attempts to compete with or duplicate
our programs, if successful, could adversely affect our
business. Protecting these types of intellectual property rights
can be difficult, particularly as it relates to the development
by our competitors of competing courses and programs.
We may from time to time encounter disputes over rights and
obligations concerning intellectual property, and we may not
prevail in these disputes. In certain instances, we may not have
obtained sufficient rights in the content of a course. Third
parties may raise a claim against us alleging an infringement or
violation of the intellectual property of that third party. Some
third-party intellectual property rights may be extremely broad,
and it may not be possible for us to conduct our operations in
such a way as to avoid those intellectual
22
property rights. Any such intellectual property claim could
subject us to costly litigation and impose a significant strain
on our financial resources and management personnel regardless
of whether such claim has merit, and we may be required to alter
the content of our classes or pay monetary damages, which may be
significant.
We are
subject to laws and regulations as a result of our collection
and use of personal information, and any violations of such laws
or regulations, or any breach, theft, or loss of such
information, could adversely affect our reputation and
operations.
Possession and use of personal information in our operations
subjects us to risks and costs that could harm our business. We
collect, use, and retain large amounts of personal information
regarding our applicants, students, faculty, staff, and their
families, including social security numbers, tax return
information, personal and family financial data, and credit card
numbers. We also collect and maintain personal information of
our employees in the ordinary course of our business. Our
services can be accessed globally through the Internet.
Therefore, we may be subject to the application of national
privacy laws in countries outside the U.S. from which applicants
and students access our services. Such privacy laws could impose
conditions that limit the way we market and provide our services.
Our computer networks and the networks of certain of our vendors
that hold and manage confidential information on our behalf may
be vulnerable to unauthorized access, employee theft or misuse,
computer hackers, computer viruses, and other security threats.
Confidential information may also inadvertently become available
to third parties when we integrate systems or migrate data to
our servers following an acquisition of a school or in
connection with periodic hardware or software upgrades.
Due to the sensitive nature of the personal information stored
on our servers, our networks may be targeted by hackers seeking
to access this data. A user who circumvents security measures
could misappropriate sensitive information or cause
interruptions or malfunctions in our operations. Although we use
security and business controls to limit access and use of
personal information, a third party may be able to circumvent
those security and business controls, which could result in a
breach of student or employee privacy. In addition, errors in
the storage, use, or transmission of personal information could
result in a breach of privacy for current or prospective
students or employees. Possession and use of personal
information in our operations also subjects us to legislative
and regulatory burdens that could require notification of data
breaches and restrict our use of personal information, and a
violation of any laws or regulations relating to the collection
or use of personal information could result in the imposition of
fines against us. As a result, we may be required to expend
significant resources to protect against the threat of these
security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by these
breaches. A major breach, theft, or loss of personal information
regarding our students and their families or our employees that
is held by us or our vendors, or a violation of laws or
regulations relating to the same, could have a material adverse
effect on our reputation and result in further regulation and
oversight by federal and state authorities and increased costs
of compliance.
We
operate in a highly competitive market with rapid technological
change, and we may not have the resources needed to compete
successfully.
Online education is a highly competitive market that is
characterized by rapid changes in students technological
requirements and expectations and evolving market standards. Our
competitors vary in size and organization, and we compete for
students with traditional public and private two-year and
four-year colleges and universities and other for-profit
schools, including those that offer online learning programs.
Each of these competitors may develop platforms or other
technologies, including technologies such as streaming video,
that allow for greater levels of interactivity between faculty
and students, that are superior to the platform and technology
we use, and these differences may affect our ability to recruit
and retain students. We may not have the resources necessary to
acquire or compete with technologies being developed by our
competitors, which may render our online delivery format less
competitive or obsolete.
23
At
present we derive a significant portion of our revenues and
operating income from our graduate programs.
As of December 31, 2007, approximately 62% of our students
were graduate students. Although we anticipate that this
percentage will decline over time due as a result of our planned
growth emphasis in our undergraduate business and liberal arts
programs, if we were to experience any event that adversely
affected our graduate offerings or the attractiveness of our
programs to prospective graduate students, our business,
prospects, financial condition, and results of operations could
be significantly and adversely affected.
We may
incur liability for the unauthorized duplication or distribution
of class materials posted online for class
discussions.
In some instances, our faculty members or our students may post
various articles or other third-party content on class
discussion boards. Third parties may raise claims against us for
the unauthorized duplication of material posted online for class
discussions. Any such claims could subject us to costly
litigation and impose a significant strain on our financial
resources and management personnel regardless of whether the
claims have merit. Our general liability insurance may not cover
potential claims of this type adequately or at all, and we may
be required to alter the content of our courses or pay monetary
damages, which may be significant.
We use
third-party software for our online classroom, and if the
provider of that software were to cease to do business or was
acquired by a competitor, we may have difficulty maintaining the
software required for our online classroom or updating it for
future technological changes, which could adversely affect our
performance.
Our online classroom employs the ANGEL Learning Management Suite
pursuant to a license from ANGEL Learning, Inc. The ANGEL system
is a web-based portal that stores, manages, and delivers course
content; enables assignment uploading; provides interactive
communication between students and faculty; and supplies online
evaluation tools. We rely on ANGEL Learning, Inc. for
administrative support of the ANGEL system and, if ANGEL
Learning, Inc. ceased to operate or was unable or unwilling to
continue to provide us with services or upgrades on a timely
basis, we may have difficulty maintaining the software required
for our online classroom or updating it for future technological
changes. Any failure to maintain our online classroom would have
an adverse impact on our operations, damage our reputation, and
limit our ability to attract and retain students.
Seasonal
and other fluctuations in our results of operations could
adversely affect the trading price of our common
stock.
Our net revenue and operating results normally fluctuate as a
result of seasonal variations in our business, principally due
to changes in enrollment, and are typically lowest in our second
fiscal quarter and highest in our fourth fiscal quarter.
Accordingly, our results in any quarter may not indicate the
results we may achieve in any subsequent quarter or for the full
year. Student population varies as a result of new enrollments,
graduations, and student attrition. A significant portion of our
general and administrative expenses do not vary proportionately
with fluctuations in revenues. We expect quarterly fluctuations
in operating results to continue as a result of seasonal
enrollment patterns. Such patterns may change, however, as a
result of new program introductions, the timing of colloquia and
events, and increased enrollments of students. These
fluctuations may result in volatility or have an adverse effect
on the market price of our common stock.
We
only recently began operating as a for-profit company and have a
limited operating history as a
for-profit
company. Accordingly, our historical and recent financial and
business results may not necessarily be representative of what
they will be in the future.
We have only operated as a for-profit company with private
ownership interests since February 2004. We have a limited
operating history as a for-profit business on which you can
evaluate our management decisions, business strategy, and
financial results. Moreover, until October 2006, we operated
under various Department of Education limitations on our growth
and activities. As a result, our historical and recent financial
and business results may not necessarily be representative of
what they will be in the future. We are subject to risks,
uncertainties, expenses, and difficulties associated with
changing and implementing our business strategy
24
that are not typically encountered by established for-profit
companies. As a result, we may not be able to operate
effectively as a for-profit corporation. It is possible that we
may incur significant operating losses in the future and that we
may not be able to achieve or sustain long-term profitability.
Our
current success and future growth depend on the continued
acceptance of the Internet and the corresponding growth in users
seeking educational services on the Internet.
Our business relies in part on the Internet for its success. A
number of factors could inhibit the continued acceptance of the
Internet and adversely affect our profitability, including:
|
|
|
|
|
inadequate Internet infrastructure;
|
|
|
|
security and privacy concerns;
|
|
|
|
the unavailability of cost-effective Internet service and other
technological factors; and
|
|
|
|
changes in government regulation of Internet use.
|
If Internet use decreases, or if the number of Internet users
seeking educational services on the Internet does not increase,
our business may not grow as planned.
Government
regulations relating to the Internet could increase our cost of
doing business, affect our ability to grow or otherwise have a
material adverse effect on our business.
The increasing popularity and use of the Internet and other
online services has led and may lead to the adoption of new laws
and regulatory practices in the United States or foreign
countries and to new interpretations of existing laws and
regulations. These new laws and interpretations may relate to
issues such as online privacy, copyrights, trademarks and
service marks, sales taxes, fair business practices, and the
requirement that online education institutions qualify to do
business as foreign corporations or be licensed in one or more
jurisdictions where they have no physical location or other
presence. New laws and regulations or interpretations thereof
related to doing business over the Internet could increase our
costs and materially and adversely affect our business,
prospects, financial condition, and results of operations.
A
reclassification of our online faculty by federal or state
authorities from independent contractor to employee status could
materially increase our costs.
A majority of our faculty at December 31, 2007 were online
faculty, whom we treat as independent contractors. Because we
classify our online faculty as independent contractors, we do
not withhold federal or state income or other employment-related
taxes, make federal or state unemployment tax or Federal
Insurance Contributions Act, or FICA, payments or provide
workers compensation insurance with respect to our online
faculty. The determination of whether online faculty members are
properly classified as independent contractors or as employees
is based upon the facts and circumstances of our relationship
with our online faculty members. Federal or state authorities
may challenge our classification as incorrect and assert that
our online faculty members must be classified as employees. In
the event that we were to reclassify our online faculty as
employees, we would be required to withhold the appropriate
taxes, make unemployment tax and FICA payments, and pay for
workers compensation insurance and additional payroll
processing costs. If we had reclassified our online faculty
members as employees for 2007, we estimate our additional tax,
workers compensation insurance, and payroll processing
payments would have been approximately $1.2 million for
that year. The amount of additional tax and insurance payments
would increase in the future as the total amount we pay to
online faculty increases. In addition to these known costs, we
could be subject to retroactive taxes and penalties, which may
be significant, by federal and state authorities, which could
adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition,
and results of operations.
We may
incur significant costs complying with the Americans with
Disabilities Act and similar laws.
Under the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, or the ADA,
all public accommodations must meet federal requirements related
to access and use by disabled persons. Additional federal,
state, and local laws also may require modifications to our
properties, or restrict our ability to renovate our properties.
For example, the Fair Housing Amendments Act of 1988, or FHAA,
requires apartment properties first occupied after
March 13, 1990 to be accessible to the handicapped. We have
not conducted an audit or investigation of all of
25
our properties to determine our compliance with present
requirements. Noncompliance with the ADA or FHAA could result in
the imposition of fines or an award or damages to private
litigants and also could result in an order to correct any
non-complying feature. We cannot predict the ultimate amount of
the cost of compliance with the ADA, FHAA, or other legislation.
If we incur substantial costs to comply with the ADA, FHAA, or
any other legislation, we could be materially and adversely
affected.
Our
failure to comply with environmental laws and regulations
governing our activities could result in financial penalties and
other costs.
We use hazardous materials at our ground campus and generate
small quantities of waste, such as used oil, antifreeze, paint,
car batteries, and laboratory materials. As a result, we are
subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations
governing, among other things, the use, storage, and disposal of
solid and hazardous substances and waste, and the
clean-up of
contamination at our facilities or off-site locations to which
we send or have sent waste for disposal. In the event we do not
maintain compliance with any of these laws and regulations, or
are responsible for a spill or release of hazardous materials,
we could incur significant costs for
clean-up,
damages, and fines, or penalties which could adversely impact
our business, prospects, financial condition, and results of
operations.
If we
expand in the future into new markets outside the United States,
we would be subject to risks inherent in non-domestic
operations.
If we acquire schools or establish programs in new markets
outside the United States, we will face risks that are inherent
in non-domestic operations, including the complexity of
operations across borders, new regulatory regimes, currency
exchange rate fluctuations, monetary policy risks, such as
inflation, hyperinflation and deflation, and potential political
and economic instability in the countries into which we expand.
Our
failure to obtain additional capital in the future could
adversely affect our ability to grow.
We believe that the proceeds from this offering being retained
by us, funds from operations, cash, and investments will be
adequate to fund our current operating and growth plans for the
foreseeable future. However, we may need additional financing in
order to finance our continued growth, particularly if we pursue
any acquisitions. The amount, timing, and terms of such
additional financing will vary principally depending on the
timing and size of new program offerings, the timing and size of
acquisitions we may seek to consummate, and the amount of cash
flows from our operations. To the extent that we require
additional financing in the future, such financing may not be
available on terms acceptable to us or at all, and,
consequently, we may not be able to fully implement our growth
strategy.
If we
are not able to integrate acquired schools, our business could
be harmed.
From time to time, we may pursue acquisitions of other schools.
Integrating acquired operations into our institution involves
significant risks and uncertainties, including:
|
|
|
|
|
inability to maintain uniform standards, controls, policies, and
procedures;
|
|
|
|
distraction of managements attention from normal business
operations during the integration process;
|
|
|
|
inability to obtain, or delay in obtaining, approval of the
acquisition from the necessary regulatory agencies, or the
imposition of operating restrictions or a letter of credit
requirement on us or on the acquired school by any of those
regulatory agencies;
|
|
|
|
expenses associated with the integration efforts; and
|
|
|
|
unidentified issues not discovered in our due diligence process,
including legal contingencies.
|
If we complete one or more acquisitions and are unable to
integrate acquired operations successfully, our business could
suffer.
26
Risks
Related to the Offering
There
is no existing market for our common stock, and we do not know
if one will develop to provide you with adequate
liquidity.
Immediately prior to this offering, there has been no public
market for our common stock. An active and liquid public market
for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this
offering. The price of our common stock in any such market may
be higher or lower than the price you pay. If you purchase
shares of common stock in this offering, you will pay a price
that was not established in a competitive market. Rather, you
will pay the price that we negotiated with the representatives
of the underwriters and such price may not be indicative of
prices that will prevail in the open market following this
offering.
The
price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly, and you
could lose all or part of your investment.
Volatility in the market price of our common stock may prevent
you from being able to sell your shares at or above the price
you paid for your shares. The market price of our common stock
could fluctuate significantly for various reasons, which include:
|
|
|
|
|
our quarterly or annual earnings or earnings of other companies
in our industry;
|
|
|
|
the publics reaction to our press releases, our other
public announcements, and our filings with the SEC;
|
|
|
|
changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by research
analysts who track our common stock or the stocks of other
companies in our industry;
|
|
|
|
changes in our number of enrolled students;
|
|
|
|
new laws or regulations or new interpretations of laws or
regulations applicable to our business;
|
|
|
|
seasonal variations in our student population;
|
|
|
|
the availability and cost of Title IV funds, other student
financial aid, and private loans;
|
|
|
|
the failure to maintain or keep in good standing our regulatory
approvals and accreditations;
|
|
|
|
changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance,
interpretations, or principles;
|
|
|
|
changes in general conditions in the U.S. and global
economies or financial markets, including those resulting from
war, incidents of terrorism, or responses to such events;
|
|
|
|
an adverse economic or other development that affects job
prospects in our core disciplines;
|
|
|
|
litigation involving our company or investigations or audits by
regulators into the operations of our company or our
competitors; and
|
|
|
|
sales of common stock by our directors, executive officers, and
significant stockholders.
|
In addition, in recent years, the stock market has experienced
extreme price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a
significant impact on the market price of securities issued by
many companies, including companies in our industry. The changes
frequently appear to occur without regard to the operating
performance of these companies. The price of our common stock
could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing
to do with our company, and these fluctuations could materially
reduce our stock price.
Our
executive officers, directors, and principal existing
stockholders will continue to own a large percentage of our
voting stock after this offering, which may allow them to
collectively control substantially all matters requiring
stockholder approval and, in the case of certain of our
principal stockholders, will have other unique rights that may
afford them access to our management.
Our directors, executive officers, and principal existing
stockholders will beneficially own
approximately shares,
or %, of our common stock upon the
completion of this offering. Our directors and executive
officers will beneficially own in the aggregate
approximately shares,
or %, of our common stock after the
offering, including
approximately shares,
or %, of our common stock that will
be beneficially owned by Brent Richardson and Chris Richardson
and their affiliates. In addition, pursuant to a voting
agreement to be entered into among the Richardsons and certain
of our existing
27
stockholders, the Richardsons will have voting control over
approximately % or our common stock after the
offering. Accordingly, the Richardsons could control us through
their ability to determine the outcome of the election of our
directors, to amend our certificate of incorporation and bylaws,
to take other actions requiring the vote or consent of
stockholders, including mergers, going private transactions, and
other extraordinary transactions, and to make decisions
concerning the terms of any of these transactions. The ownership
and voting positions of these stockholders may have the effect
of delaying, deterring, or preventing a change in control or a
change in the composition of our board of directors. These
stockholders may also use their contractual rights, including
access to management, and their large ownership position to
address their own interests, which may be different from those
of our other stockholders, including investors in this offering.
Your
percentage ownership in us may be diluted by future issuances of
capital stock, which could reduce your influence over matters on
which stockholders vote.
Following the completion of this offering, our board of
directors has the authority, without action or vote of our
stockholders, to issue all or any part of our authorized but
unissued shares of common stock, including shares issuable upon
the exercise of options, shares that may be issued to satisfy
our payment obligations under our incentive plans, or shares of
our authorized but unissued preferred stock. Issuances of common
stock or voting preferred stock would reduce your influence over
matters on which our stockholders vote, and, in the case of
issuances of preferred stock, likely would result in your
interest in us being subject to the prior rights of holders of
that preferred stock.
The
sale of a substantial number of shares of our common stock after
this offering may cause the market price of shares of our common
stock to decline.
Sales of our common stock by existing investors may begin
shortly after the completion of this offering. Sales of a
substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public
market following this offering, or the perception that these
sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common
stock to decline. The shares of our common stock outstanding
prior to this offering will be eligible for sale in the public
market at various times in the future. All of our directors,
executive officers, and stockholders agreed with the
underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of
or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible
into or exchangeable for shares of common stock until
180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the
prior written consent of the representatives identified in the
section of this prospectus entitled Underwriting.
Upon expiration of this
lock-up
period, up to
approximately additional
shares of common stock may be eligible for sale in the public
market without restriction, and up to
approximately shares
of common stock held by affiliates may become eligible for sale,
subject to the restrictions under Rule 144 of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.
You
will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the net
tangible book value of your shares.
If you purchase shares in this offering, the value of your
shares based on our actual book value will immediately be less
than the price you paid. This reduction in the value of your
equity is known as dilution. This dilution occurs in large part
because our earlier investors paid substantially less than the
initial public offering price when they purchased their shares
of our common stock. Based upon the issuance and sale
of shares
of our common stock by us in this offering at an assumed initial
public offering price of $ per
share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover
page of this prospectus, you will incur immediate dilution of
$ in the net tangible book value
per share. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial
public offering price of $ per
share would increase or decrease, as applicable, our as adjusted
net tangible book value per share of common stock by
$ , and increase or decrease, as
applicable, the dilution per share of common stock to new
investors by $ , assuming the
number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting the
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses payable by us and after payment of the special
distribution to our existing stockholders. If the underwriters
exercise their over-allotment option, or if outstanding options
to purchase our common stock are exercised, investors will
experience additional dilution. For more information, see
Dilution.
28
Provisions
in our charter documents and the Delaware General Corporation
Law could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us
and could discourage a takeover and adversely affect existing
stockholders.
Anti-takeover provisions of our certificate of incorporation,
bylaws, the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, and
regulations of state and federal education agencies could
diminish the opportunity for stockholders to participate in
acquisition proposals at a price above the then-current market
price of our common stock. For example, while we have no present
plans to issue any preferred stock, our board of directors,
without further stockholder approval, may issue shares of
undesignated preferred stock and fix the powers, preferences,
rights, and limitations of such class or series, which could
adversely affect the voting power of your shares. In addition,
our bylaws provide for an advance notice procedure for
nomination of candidates to our board of directors that could
have the effect of delaying, deterring, or preventing a change
in control. Further, as a Delaware corporation, we are subject
to provisions of the DGCL regarding business
combinations, which can deter attempted takeovers in
certain situations. The approval requirements of the Department
of Education, our regional accrediting commission, and state
education agencies for a change in control transaction could
also delay, deter, or prevent a transaction that would result in
a change in control. We may, in the future, consider adopting
additional anti-takeover measures. The authority of our board to
issue undesignated preferred or other capital stock and the
anti-takeover provisions of the DGCL, as well as other current
and any future anti-takeover measures adopted by us, may, in
certain circumstances, delay, deter, or prevent takeover
attempts and other changes in control of the company not
approved by our board of directors. See Description of
Capital Stock for further information.
We
currently do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock
and, consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on
your investment is if the price of our common stock
appreciates.
After we make the special distribution to our existing
stockholders using the proceeds of this offering as described
under Use of Proceeds, we do not expect to pay
dividends on shares of our common stock in the foreseeable
future and intend to use cash to grow our business. The payment
of cash dividends in the future, if any, will be at the
discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon such
factors as earnings levels, capital requirements, our overall
financial condition, and any other factors deemed relevant by
our board of directors. Consequently, your only opportunity to
achieve a positive return on your investment in us will be if
the market price of our common stock appreciates.
We
will have broad discretion in applying the net proceeds of this
offering and may not use those proceeds in ways that will
enhance the market value of our common stock.
We have significant flexibility in applying the net proceeds we
will receive in this offering. We intend to use a substantial
portion of the proceeds that we receive from the sale of stock
in this offering to fund the special distribution payable to our
existing stockholders and to use the remainder to redeem an
outstanding warrant to purchase shares of our common stock and
to pay the expenses of this offering and for general corporate
purposes. As part of your investment decision, you will not be
able to assess or direct how we apply these net proceeds. If we
do not apply these funds effectively, we may lose significant
business opportunities. Furthermore, our stock price could
decline if the market does not view our use of the net proceeds
from this offering favorably.
29
FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements,
which include information relating to future events, future
financial performance, strategies, expectations, competitive
environment, regulation, and availability of resources. These
forward-looking statements include, without limitation,
statements regarding: proposed new programs; expectations that
regulatory developments or other matters will not have a
material adverse effect on our financial position, results of
operations, or liquidity; statements concerning projections,
predictions, expectations, estimates, or forecasts as to our
business, financial and operational results, and future economic
performance; and statements of managements goals and
objectives and other similar expressions concerning matters that
are not historical facts. Words such as may,
should, could, would,
predicts, potential,
continue, expects,
anticipates, future,
intends, plans, believes,
estimates and similar expressions, as well as
statements in future tense, identify forward-looking statements.
Forward-looking statements should not be read as a guarantee of
future performance or results, and will not necessarily be
accurate indications of the times at, or by, which such
performance or results will be achieved. Forward-looking
statements are based on information available at the time those
statements are made or managements good faith belief as of
that time with respect to future events, and are subject to
risks and uncertainties that could cause actual performance or
results to differ materially from those expressed in or
suggested by the forward-looking statements. Important factors
that could cause such differences include, but are not limited
to:
|
|
|
|
|
our failure to comply with the extensive regulatory framework
applicable to our industry, including Title IV of the
Higher Education Act and the regulations thereunder, state laws
and regulatory requirements, and accrediting commission
requirements;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the ability of our students to obtain federal Title IV
funds, state financial aid, and private financing;
|
|
|
|
|
|
risks associated with changes in applicable federal and state
laws and regulations and accrediting commission standards;
|
|
|
|
our ability to hire and train new, and develop and train
existing, enrollment counselors;
|
|
|
|
the pace of growth of our enrollment;
|
|
|
|
our ability to convert prospective students to enrolled students
and to retain active students;
|
|
|
|
our success in updating and expanding the content of existing
programs and developing new programs in a cost-effective manner
or on a timely basis;
|
|
|
|
industry competition;
|
|
|
|
risks associated with the competitive environment for marketing
our programs;
|
|
|
|
failure on our part to keep up with advances in technology that
could enhance the online experience for our students;
|
|
|
|
our ability to manage future growth effectively;
|
|
|
|
general adverse economic conditions or other developments that
affect job prospects in our core disciplines; and
|
|
|
|
other factors discussed under the headings Risk
Factors, Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,
Business, and Regulation.
|
Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date the
statements are made. You should not put undue reliance on any
forward-looking statements. We assume no obligation to update
forward-looking statements to reflect actual results, changes in
assumptions, or changes in other factors affecting
forward-looking information, except to the extent required by
applicable securities laws. If we do update one or more
forward-looking
statements, no inference should be drawn that we will make
additional updates with respect to those or other
forward-looking statements.
30
USE OF
PROCEEDS
The net proceeds from the sale
of shares
of our common stock offered by us in this offering will be
approximately $ million (or
approximately $ million if
the underwriters exercise their
over-allotment
option in full), assuming an initial public offering price of
$ per share, which is the midpoint
of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and
after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated offering expenses payable by us.
We will declare a special distribution equal
to % of the gross proceeds of this
offering that will be payable promptly upon the completion of
this offering to our stockholders of record as
of ,
2008. We will make this distribution upon completion of the
offering. See Special Distribution for further
information.
In 2004, we issued a warrant to purchase shares of our common
stock in connection with a sale-leaseback transaction we entered
into relating to our ground campus. Under the original terms of
the warrant, we were entitled to repurchase the warrant for an
aggregate price of $16.0 million. Under an amendment to the
warrant that was effected in connection with our 2005 conversion
from a limited liability company to a corporation, the right to
repurchase the warrant, as well as a right to repurchase any
shares issued upon exercise of the warrant, in each case for
$16.0 million, was transferred to a holding company whose
sole purpose was to hold the equity interests of all of our
members at the time of conversion. In connection with this
offering, if such investors do not exercise such right, then we
may exercise the right to repurchase the warrant or the
underlying shares. We intend to use up to $16.0 million of
the gross proceeds of this offering to repurchase any portion of
the warrant or the underlying shares not purchased by such
investors.
We intend to use the remaining proceeds and any proceeds we
receive from the underwriters exercise of their
over-allotment option to pay the expenses of this offering and
for general corporate purposes.
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering
price of $ per share would
increase or decrease, as applicable, the aggregate amount of the
special distribution by
$ million, the per share
amount of the special distribution by
$ on an as-if converted basis and
the net proceeds to us by approximately
$ million, assuming the
number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, remains the same and, with respect to the
net proceeds to us, after deducting estimated underwriting
discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses
payable by us. Similarly, any increase or decrease in the number
of shares that we sell in the offering will increase or decrease
the special distribution and our net proceeds in proportion to
such increase or decrease, as applicable, multiplied by the
offering price per share, with respect to our net proceeds, less
underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses.
31
SPECIAL
DISTRIBUTION
We intend to declare a special distribution equal
to % of the gross proceeds of this
offering that will be paid promptly upon the completion of this
offering to our stockholders of record as
of , 2008. Of the estimated
aggregate amount of the special distribution of
$ million, assuming an
initial public offering price of $
per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on
the cover of this prospectus,
$ million will be paid in
respect of shares of our capital stock over which our directors
and executive officers as a group are deemed to exercise sole or
shared voting or investment power. These proceeds will be
allocated as set forth in the following table.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Special Distribution
|
|
|
Directors
|
|
|
|
|
Chad N.
Heath(1)
|
|
$
|
|
|
D. Mark
Dorman(1)
|
|
$
|
|
|
Executive Officers
|
|
|
|
|
Brent D. Richardson
|
|
$
|
|
|
John E. Crowley
|
|
$
|
|
|
Christopher C. Richardson
|
|
$
|
|
|
All directors and executive officers as a group
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents shares owned by Endeavour Capital Fund IV, L.P.
and certain affiliated funds. D. Mark Dorman and Chad N. Heath,
two of our directors, are managing directors of Endeavour
Capital IV, LLC, the general partner of such funds. |
See Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions Special Distribution for
additional information regarding the beneficiaries of the
special distribution.
DIVIDEND
POLICY
Except as described under Special Distribution
above, we do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash
dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. The
payment of any dividends in the future will be at the discretion
of our board of directors and will depend upon our financial
condition, results of operations, earnings, capital
requirements, contractual restrictions, outstanding
indebtedness, and other factors deemed relevant by our board. As
a result, you will need to sell your shares of common stock to
realize a return on your investment, and you may not be able to
sell your shares at or above the price you paid for them.
32
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of
December 31, 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
on an actual basis;
|
|
|
|
on a pro forma basis, giving effect to:
|
|
|
|
|
(i)
|
the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A
preferred stock into 5,953 shares of common stock upon the
closing of the offering;
|
|
|
|
|
(ii)
|
the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of Series C
preferred stock
into shares
of common stock upon the closing of the offering at a conversion
rate equal to their liquidation preference per share divided by
the initial public offering price per share, which is estimated
to be $ per share, which is the
midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus;
|
|
|
(iii)
|
the cancellation in April 2008 of a warrant to purchase common
stock issued to our former owner in connection with our
acquisition of Grand Canyon University; and
|
|
|
|
|
(iv)
|
the issuance in May 2008 of 200 shares of common stock to
Blanchard Education, LLC under the terms of a license agreement,
as amended, between us and Blanchard Education, LLC relating to
the naming of, and other rights associated with, the Ken
Blanchard College of Business; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
on a pro forma, as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro
forma adjustments above, as well as:
|
|
|
|
|
(i)
|
our sale
of shares
of our common stock in this offering (at an assumed initial
public offering price of $ per
share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover
page of this prospectus and after deducting underwriting
discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses
payable by us);
|
|
|
|
|
(ii)
|
the payment of a special distribution to our existing
stockholders in the amount of % of
the anticipated gross proceeds from the sale of common stock by
us in this offering, which is expected to occur promptly upon
the consummation of this offering;
|
|
|
|
|
(iii)
|
the repurchase by us of an outstanding warrant to purchase
common stock for up to $16.0 million in cash as described
in Use of Proceeds; and
|
|
|
|
|
(iv)
|
the amendment and restatement of our certificate of
incorporation in connection with the closing of this offering,
which will increase our authorized capital stock.
|
33
You should read this table together with Use of
Proceeds, Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,
Description of Capital Stock, and our financial
statements and related notes included elsewhere in this
prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma,
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
as Adjusted
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share data)
|
|
|
Cash and cash
equivalents(1)
|
|
$
|
23,210
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital lease obligations
|
|
|
29,228
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Other indebtedness
|
|
|
8,408
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Series A preferred stock: $0.01 par value;
9,700 shares authorized, 5,953 shares issued and
outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued, and
outstanding, pro forma and pro forma, as adjusted
|
|
|
18,610
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series B preferred stock: $0.01 par value;
2,200 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding,
actual; no shares authorized, issued, and outstanding, pro forma
and pro forma, as adjusted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series C preferred stock: $0.01 par value;
3,900 shares authorized, 3,829 shares issued and
outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued, and
outstanding, pro forma and pro forma, as adjusted
|
|
|
13,338
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Undesignated preferred stock: $0.01 par value;
no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual and
pro
forma; shares
authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma, as
adjusted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock: $0.01 par value; 30,000 shares
authorized, 10,325 shares issued and outstanding, actual;
30,000 shares
authorized, shares
issued and outstanding, pro
forma; shares
authorized, shares
issued and outstanding pro forma, as adjusted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in
capital(1)
|
|
|
7,511
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated equity (deficit)
|
|
|
(15,383
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity (deficit)
|
|
|
(7,792
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$
|
61,792
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public
offering price per share would increase or decrease cash, cash
equivalents, and short-term marketable securities by
$ million, would increase or
decrease additional paid-in capital by
$ million, and would increase
or decrease total stockholders equity and total
capitalization by $ million,
after deducting the underwriting discount, the repurchase of the
warrant described in the introductory paragraph to this table,
the payment of a special distribution to our existing
stockholders in the amount of % of
the aggregate proceeds from the sale of common stock by us in
this offering, and the estimated offering expenses payable by
us. Similarly, any increase or decrease in the number of shares
that we sell in the offering will increase or decrease our net
proceeds in proportion to such increase or decrease, as
applicable, multiplied by the offering price per share, less
underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses. |
34
DILUTION
Purchasers of the common stock in the offering will suffer an
immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value
per share. Dilution is the amount by which the initial public
offering price paid by purchasers of shares of our common stock
exceeds the net tangible book value per share of our common
stock after the offering.
As of December 31, 2007, our pro forma net tangible book
value would have been
$ million or,
$ per share. Pro forma net tangible
book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible
assets reduced by our total liabilities, divided by the number
of shares of common stock outstanding after giving effect to the
issuance of 200 shares of common stock to Blanchard
Education, LLC and conversion of all outstanding classes of
preferred stock into common stock.
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share
represents the amount of total tangible assets reduced by our
total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common
stock outstanding after giving effect to the issuance of
200 shares of common stock to Blanchard Education, LLC, the
conversion of all outstanding classes of preferred stock into
common stock, the repurchase of our outstanding warrant, the
payment of the estimated amount of the special distribution to
certain of our existing stockholders and the sale
of shares of common stock in
the offering at an initial public offering price of
$ ,
the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of
this prospectus. Our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book
value as of December 31, 2007 would have been
$ million, or
$ per share. This represents an
immediate decrease in net tangible book value of
$ per share to existing
stockholders and an immediate dilution of
$ per share to new investors
purchasing shares in the offering. The following table
illustrates this per share dilution:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assumed initial public offering price per share of common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock as
of December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase per share of common stock attributable to new investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Decrease per share of common stock after payment of underwriting
discounts and commission and estimated offering expenses by us
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Decrease per share of common stock after repurchase of warrant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Decrease per share of common stock after payment of the special
distribution to certain of our existing stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of
common stock after this offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilution per share of common stock to new investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value, and the
dilution to new investors in the offering, will change from the
amounts shown above if the underwriters over-allotment
option is exercised.
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public
offering price of $ per share
would increase or decrease, as applicable, our as pro forma
adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock by
$ , and increase or decrease, as
applicable, the dilution per share of common stock to new
investors by $ , assuming the
number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting the
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, any increase or
decrease in the number of shares that we sell in the offering
will increase or decrease our net proceeds in proportion to such
increase or decrease, as applicable, multiplied by the offering
price per share, less underwriting discounts and commissions and
offering expenses.
35
The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2007, on
the pro forma as-adjusted basis described above, the differences
between existing stockholders and new investors with respect to
the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us,
the total consideration paid, and the average price per share
paid before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated offering expenses payable by us, at an assumed initial
public offering price of $ per
share of common stock, which is the midpoint of the range set
forth on the cover page of this prospectus:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Shares Purchased
|
|
|
Total Consideration
|
|
|
Price Per
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Share
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Existing stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
New investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public
offering price of $ per share
would increase or decrease, as applicable, total consideration
paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all
stockholders and average price per share paid by all
stockholders by $ million,
$ million and
$ , respectively, assuming the
number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, remains the same. Similarly, any increase or
decrease in the number of shares that we sell in the offering
will increase or decrease our net proceeds in proportion to such
increase or decrease, as applicable, multiplied by the offering
price per share, less underwriting discounts and commissions and
offering expenses. This table does not give effect to the
payment of the special distribution to existing stockholders.
If the underwriters over-allotment option is exercised in
full, the number of shares held by existing stockholders after
this offering would be , or %, and
the number of shares held by new investors would increase
to ,
or %, of the total number of shares
of our common stock outstanding after this offering.
36
SELECTED
FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
The following table sets forth selected financial and other data
as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The selected
statement of operations and other data, excluding period end
enrollment, for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006,
and 2007, and the balance sheet data as of December 31,
2006 and 2007, have been derived from our audited financial
statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The
selected statement of operations and other data for the period
from February 2, 2004 (date of inception) through
December 31, 2004, and the selected balance sheet data as
of December 31, 2004 and 2005 have been derived from our
unaudited financial statements, which are not included in this
prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily
indicative of our results for any future period.
You should read the following selected financial and other data
in conjunction with Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
and our financial statements and related notes included
elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
February 2, 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to December 31,
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004(1)
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except enrollment, share, and per share data)
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
25,629
|
|
|
$
|
51,793
|
|
|
$
|
72,111
|
|
|
$
|
99,327
|
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and services
|
|
|
19,705
|
|
|
|
26,959
|
|
|
|
29,920
|
|
|
|
36,852
|
|
Selling and promotional
|
|
|
9,735
|
|
|
|
13,758
|
|
|
|
19,355
|
|
|
|
33,480
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
10,828
|
|
|
|
12,424
|
|
|
|
15,326
|
|
|
|
18,385
|
|
Royalty to former owner
|
|
|
448
|
|
|
|
1,619
|
|
|
|
2,678
|
|
|
|
3,782
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
40,716
|
|
|
|
54,760
|
|
|
|
67,279
|
|
|
|
92,499
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(15,087
|
)
|
|
|
(2,967
|
)
|
|
|
4,832
|
|
|
|
6,828
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(1,135
|
)
|
|
|
(3,016
|
)
|
|
|
(2,909
|
)
|
|
|
(3,070
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
276
|
|
|
|
912
|
|
|
|
1,172
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(16,212
|
)
|
|
|
(5,707
|
)
|
|
|
2,835
|
|
|
|
4,930
|
|
Income tax expense
(benefit)(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,894
|
)
|
|
|
1,184
|
|
|
|
1,939
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(16,211
|
)
|
|
|
(3,813
|
)
|
|
|
1,651
|
|
|
|
2,991
|
|
Preferred dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(527
|
)
|
|
|
(349
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income available (loss attributable) to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(16,211
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,813
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,124
|
|
|
$
|
2,642
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
$
|
(377
|
)
|
|
$
|
109
|
|
|
$
|
255
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
$
|
(377
|
)
|
|
$
|
82
|
|
|
$
|
159
|
|
Shares used in computing earnings (loss) per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
10,115
|
|
|
|
10,325
|
|
|
|
10,342
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
10,115
|
|
|
|
20,107
|
|
|
|
18,860
|
|
Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
$
|
(6,552
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6,972
|
)
|
|
$
|
6,800
|
|
|
$
|
7,107
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
$
|
24,376
|
|
|
$
|
817
|
|
|
$
|
2,387
|
|
|
$
|
7,410
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
$
|
1,136
|
|
|
$
|
1,879
|
|
|
$
|
2,396
|
|
|
$
|
3,269
|
|
Adjusted
EBITDA(3)
|
|
$
|
(13,503
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,042
|
|
|
$
|
10,864
|
|
|
$
|
14,175
|
|
Period end enrollment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Online
|
|
|
3,141
|
|
|
|
6,212
|
|
|
|
8,406
|
|
|
|
12,497
|
|
Ground
|
|
|
1,852
|
|
|
|
2,210
|
|
|
|
2,256
|
|
|
|
2,257
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
3,476
|
|
|
$
|
2,579
|
|
|
$
|
14,361
|
|
|
$
|
23,210
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
30,892
|
|
|
|
52,813
|
|
|
|
62,477
|
|
|
|
91,163
|
|
Capital lease obligations
|
|
|
24,055
|
|
|
|
24,056
|
|
|
|
29,728
|
|
|
|
29,228
|
|
Other indebtedness (including short-term indebtedness)
|
|
|
4,295
|
|
|
|
2,193
|
|
|
|
2,462
|
|
|
|
8,408
|
|
Preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,590
|
|
|
|
21,390
|
|
|
|
31,948
|
|
Total stockholders/members
deficit(2)
|
|
$
|
(7,645
|
)
|
|
$
|
(11,638
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10,479
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,792
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
On February 2, 2004, we acquired the assets of Grand Canyon
University from a non-profit foundation and converted its
operations from non-profit to for-profit status. While the
university has continuously operated since 1949, for accounting
and financial statement reporting purposes, we treat the date of
acquisition and conversion to for-profit status as the date of
inception of our business. |
|
(2) |
|
On August 24, 2005, we converted from a limited liability
company to a taxable corporation. For all periods subsequent to
such date, we have been subject to corporate-level U.S.
federal and state income taxes. |
|
(3) |
|
Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) plus interest
expense net of interest income, plus income tax expense
(benefit), and plus depreciation and amortization (EBITDA), as
adjusted for (i) royalty payments incurred pursuant to an
agreement with our former owner that has been terminated as of
April 15, 2008, as discussed in Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Factors affecting
comparability Settlement with former owner and
Note 2 to our financial statements included with this
prospectus and (ii) management fees that are no longer paid
or that will no longer be payable following completion of this
offering. |
|
|
|
We present Adjusted EBITDA because we consider it to be an
important supplemental measure of our operating performance. We
also make certain compensation decisions based, in part, on our
operating performance, as measured by Adjusted EBITDA. See
Compensation Discussion and Analysis Impact of
Performance on Compensation. All of the adjustments made
in our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA are adjustments to items
that management does not consider to be reflective of our core
operating performance. Management considers our core operating
performance to be that which can be affected by our managers in
any particular period through their management of the resources
that affect our underlying revenue and profit generating
operations during that period. Management fees and royalty
expenses that became payable in connection with our acquisition
of Grand Canyon University, and subsequent financing
transactions, are not considered reflective of our core
operating performance. |
|
|
|
Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA: |
|
|
|
|
|
in developing our internal budgets and strategic plan;
|
|
|
|
as a measurement of operating performance;
|
|
|
|
as a factor in evaluating the performance of our management for
compensation purposes; and
|
|
|
|
in presentations to the members of our board of directors to
enable our board to have the same measurement basis of operating
performance as are used by management to compare our current
operating results with corresponding prior periods and with the
results of other companies in our industry.
|
|
|
|
|
|
However, Adjusted EBITDA is not a recognized measurement under
GAAP, and when analyzing our operating performance, investors
should use Adjusted EBITDA in addition to, and not as an
alternative for, net income, operating income, or any other
performance measure presented in accordance with GAAP, |
38
|
|
|
|
|
or as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities or
as a measure of our liquidity. Because not all companies use
identical calculations, our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA may
not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other
companies. Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical
tool, as discussed under Managements Discussion and
Analysis Non-GAAP Discussion. |
The following table presents data relating to Adjusted EBITDA,
which is a non-GAAP measure, for the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(3,813
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,651
|
|
|
$
|
2,991
|
|
Plus: interest expense net of interest income
|
|
|
2,740
|
|
|
|
1,997
|
|
|
|
1,898
|
|
Plus: income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(1,894
|
)
|
|
|
1,184
|
|
|
|
1,939
|
|
Plus: depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
1,879
|
|
|
|
2,396
|
|
|
|
3,269
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
|
(1,088
|
)
|
|
|
7,228
|
|
|
|
10,097
|
|
Plus: royalty to former
owner(a)
|
|
|
1,619
|
|
|
|
2,678
|
|
|
|
3,782
|
|
Plus: management
fees(b)
|
|
|
511
|
|
|
|
958
|
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
1,042
|
|
|
$
|
10,864
|
|
|
$
|
14,175
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
Reflects the royalty fee arrangement with the former owner of
Grand Canyon University in which we agreed to pay a stated
percentage of cash revenue generated by our online programs. As
a result of the settlement of a dispute with the former owner,
we are no longer obligated to pay this royalty, although the
settlement includes a prepayment of future royalties that will
be amortized in 2008 and future periods. See
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Factors
affecting comparability Settlement with former
owner and Note 2 to our financial statements included
with this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
Reflects management fees of $0.1 million,
$0.3 million, and $0.3 million for the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, respectively, to the
general partner of Endeavour Capital, and an aggregate of
$0.4 million and $0.7 million for the years ended
December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively, to an entity
affiliated with a former director and another affiliated with a
significant stockholder, in each case following their investment
in us. The agreements relating to these arrangements have all
terminated or will terminate by their terms upon the closing of
this offering. See Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions.
|
39
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of our financial
condition and results of operations should be read in
conjunction with our financial statements and related notes that
appear elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical
financial information, the following discussion contains
forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and
beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those
discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could
cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed
below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in
Risk Factors and Forward-Looking
Statements.
Overview
We are a leading, regionally accredited provider of online
postsecondary education services focused on offering graduate
and undergraduate degree programs in our core disciplines of
education, business, and healthcare. In addition to our online
programs, we offer ground programs at our traditional campus in
Phoenix, Arizona and onsite at the facilities of employers. At
the end of 2007, we had approximately 14,750 students, 85% of
whom were enrolled in our online programs, with 62% pursuing
masters degrees. Since we acquired Grand Canyon University
in February 2004, we have enhanced our senior management team,
expanded our online platform, increased our program offerings,
and initiated a marketing and branding effort to further
differentiate us in the markets in which we operate. We have
also made investments to enhance our student and technology
support services. We believe the changes we have instituted,
combined with our management expertise, provide a platform that
will support continued enrollment and revenue growth.
In 2003, the Board of Trustees of the former owner initiated a
process to evaluate alternatives as a result of the
schools poor financial condition and, in February 2004,
several of our current stockholders acquired the assets of the
school and converted it to a for-profit institution. In May
2005, following this change in control, the Department of
Education recertified us to continue participating in the
Title IV programs on a provisional basis, subject to
certain restrictions and requirements, including requirements to
post a letter of credit, accept restrictions on the growth of
our program offerings and enrollment, and receive Title IV
funds under the heightened cash monitoring system of payment
(pursuant to which an institution is required to credit students
with Title IV funds prior to obtaining those funds from the
Department of Education). In October 2006, based on our
significantly improved financial condition and performance since
the change in control, the Department of Education eliminated
the letter of credit requirement and allowed the growth
restrictions to expire. In 2007, the Department of Education
eliminated the heightened cash monitoring restrictions and
returned us to the advance payment method (pursuant to which an
institution receives Title IV funds from the Department of
Education in advance of disbursement to students).
Key
financial metrics
Net
Revenue
Net revenue consists principally of tuition, room and board
charges attributable to students residing on our ground campus,
application and graduation fees, and commissions we earn from
bookstore and publication sales, less scholarships. Factors
affecting our net revenue include: (i) the number of
students who are enrolled and who remain enrolled in our
courses; (ii) the number of credit hours per student;
(iii) our degree and program mix; (iv) changes in our
tuition rates; (v) the amount of the scholarships that we
offer; (vi) the number of students housed in, and the rent
charged for, our on-campus student apartments and dormitories,
and (vii) the number of students who purchase books from
our bookstore.
We define enrollments for a particular time period as the number
of students registered in a course on the last day of classes
for each program within that financial reporting period. We
offer three 16-week semesters in a calendar year, with two
starts available per semester for our online students and for
students who typically take evening courses on-campus or onsite
at the facilities of their employer, whom we refer to as
professional studies ground students, and one start available
per semester for our traditional ground students. Enrollments
are a function of the number of continuing students at the
beginning of each period and new enrollments during the period,
which are offset by graduations, withdrawals, and inactive
students during the period.
40
Inactive students for a particular period include students who
are not registered in a class and, therefore, are not generating
net revenue for that period, but who have not withdrawn from
Grand Canyon University.
We believe that the principal factors that affect our
enrollments and net revenue are the number and breadth of the
programs we offer; the attractiveness of our program offerings
and learning experience, particularly for career-oriented adults
who are seeking pay increases or job opportunities that are
directly tied to higher educational attainment; the
effectiveness of our marketing, recruiting and retention
efforts, which is affected by the number and seniority of our
enrollment counselors and other recruiting personnel; the
quality of our academic programs and student services; the
convenience and flexibility of our online delivery platform; the
availability and cost of federal and other funding for student
financial aid; the seasonality of our net revenue, which is
enrollment driven and is typically lowest in our second fiscal
quarter and highest in our fourth fiscal quarter; and general
economic conditions, particularly as they might affect job
prospects in our core disciplines.
The following is a summary of our student enrollment at
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007 (which included less than
100 students pursuing non-degree certificates in each
period) by degree type and by instructional delivery method:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Masters degree
|
|
|
6,204
|
|
|
|
73.7
|
|
|
|
7,812
|
|
|
|
73.3
|
|
|
|
9,156
|
|
|
|
62.1
|
|
Bachelors degree
|
|
|
2,218
|
|
|
|
26.3
|
|
|
|
2,850
|
|
|
|
26.7
|
|
|
|
5,598
|
|
|
|
37.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
8,422
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
10,662
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
14,754
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Online
|
|
|
6,212
|
|
|
|
73.8
|
|
|
|
8,406
|
|
|
|
78.8
|
|
|
|
12,497
|
|
|
|
84.7
|
|
Ground*
|
|
|
2,210
|
|
|
|
26.2
|
|
|
|
2,256
|
|
|
|
21.2
|
|
|
|
2,257
|
|
|
|
15.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
8,422
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
10,662
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
14,754
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Includes our traditional on-campus
students, as well as our professional studies ground students.
|
For the
2008-09
academic year (the academic year that began in May 2008), our
prices per credit hour are $395 for undergraduate online and
professional studies courses, $420 for graduate online courses
(other than graduate nursing), $510 for graduate online nursing
courses, and $645 for undergraduate courses for ground students.
The overall price of each course varies based upon the number of
credit hours per course (with most courses representing three
credit hours), the degree level of the program, and the
discipline. In addition, we charge a fixed $7,740 block
tuition for undergraduate ground students taking between
12 and 18 credit hours per semester, with an additional $645 per
credit hour for credits in excess of 18. A traditional
undergraduate degree typically requires a minimum of 120 credit
hours. The minimum number of credit hours required for a
masters degree and overall cost for such a degree varies
by program, although such programs typically require
approximately 36 credit hours. We expect our new doctoral
program in education, which is first being offered in the
2008-09
academic year, to cost $770 per credit hour and require
approximately 60 credit hours.
Based on current tuition rates, tuition for a full program would
equate to approximately $15,000 for an online masters
program, approximately $47,000 for a full four-year online
bachelors program, and approximately $62,000 for a full
four-year bachelors program taken on our ground campus.
The tuition amounts referred to above assume no reductions for
transfer credits or scholarships, which many of our students
utilize to reduce their total program costs. The amount of
tuition received from our students for a full program is reduced
to the extent credits are transferred from other institutions.
Additionally, tuition may also be reduced by scholarships. For
the year ended December 31, 2007, we offered scholarships
with a total value of approximately $10.3 million. For the
year ended December 31, 2006, we offered scholarships with
a total value of approximately $8.2 million.
41
Tuition increases for students in our online and professional
studies ground programs range from 5.0% to 5.3% for our
2008-09
academic year as compared to 2.6% to 4.2% in the prior academic
year. Tuition increases have not historically been, and may not
in the future be, consistent across our programs due to market
conditions and differences in operating costs of individual
programs. Tuition for our traditional ground programs increased
11.2% for our
2008-09
academic year, as compared to 16.0% for the prior academic year.
The larger increases for our traditional ground programs
generally reflect recovery from a significant decrease in ground
tuition rates that we implemented shortly after the 2004
acquisition in an effort to stabilize enrollments and revenues.
We derive a majority of our net revenue from tuition financed by
the Title IV programs. For the years ended
December 31, 2006 and 2007, approximately 71.5% and 74.0%,
respectively, of our revenue (calculated on a cash basis in
accordance with Department of Education standards) were derived
from the Title IV programs. Our students also rely on
scholarships, personal savings, private loans, and employer
tuition reimbursements to pay a portion of their tuition and
related expenses. During fiscal 2007, payments derived from
private loans constituted approximately 5.0% of our cash
revenue. Third party lenders independently determine whether a
loan to a student is classified as subprime, and, based on these
determinations, payments derived from subprime loans constituted
approximately 0.2% of our cash revenue. Our future revenues
could be affected if and to the extent the Department of
Education restricts our participation in the Title IV
programs, as it did during the period between 2005 and 2007.
Current conditions in the credit markets have adversely affected
the environment surrounding access to and cost of student loans.
The legislative and regulatory environment is also changing, and
new federal legislation was recently enacted pursuant to which
the Department of Education is authorized to buy Title IV
loans and implement a lender of last resort program
in certain circumstances. See Risk Factors and
Regulation Regulation of Federal Student
Financial Aid Programs. We do not believe these market and
regulatory conditions have adversely affected us to date, but we
cannot predict whether the new legislation will improve access
to Title IV funding or the impact of any of these
developments on future performance.
Costs
and Expenses
Instructional cost and services. Instructional
cost and services consist primarily of costs related to the
administration and delivery of our educational programs. This
expense category includes salaries and benefits for full-time
and adjunct faculty and administrative personnel, costs
associated with online faculty (whom we treat as independent
contractors in accordance with industry practice), information
technology costs, curriculum and new program development costs,
and costs associated with other support groups that provide
service directly to the students. This category also includes an
allocation of depreciation, amortization, rent, and occupancy
costs attributable to the provision of educational services.
Classroom facilities are leased or, in some cases, are provided
by the students employers at no charge to us. We do not
expect to make substantial investments in our campus-based
instructional costs and services, which include our facilities
and our full-time and adjunct faculty, in the future as we
expect the mix of our student population to continue to shift
toward online students. Furthermore, we expect to leverage our
established support functions over a larger enrollment and
revenue base. As a result, we expect instructional costs and
services to decline as a percentage of net revenue without
compromising the quality of our programs.
Selling and promotional. Selling and
promotional expenses include salaries and benefits of personnel
engaged in the marketing, recruitment, and retention of
students, as well as advertising costs associated with
purchasing leads, hosting events and seminars, and producing
marketing materials. Our selling and promotional expenses are
generally affected by the cost of advertising media and leads,
the efficiency of our marketing and recruiting efforts,
salaries, and benefits for our enrollment personnel, and
expenditures on advertising initiatives for new and existing
academic programs. This category also includes an allocation of
depreciation, amortization, rent, and occupancy costs
attributable to selling and promotional activities. Selling and
promotional costs are expensed as incurred. In 2007, as a result
of the removal of our growth restrictions in October 2006, we
more than tripled the number of our enrollment counselors in an
effort to increase our efforts to recruit and enroll prospective
students. We also leased new enrollment centers in Arizona and
Utah, and we intend to continue to increase the number of our
enrollment counselors in these centers to increase
42
enrollment and enhance student retention. We incur immediate
expenses in connection with hiring new enrollment counselors
while these individuals undergo training, and typically do not
achieve full productivity or generate enrollments from these
enrollment counselors until four to six months after their dates
of hire.
Selling and promotional costs also include revenue share
arrangements with related parties pursuant to which we pay a
percentage of the net revenue that we actually receive from
applicants recruited by those entities that matriculate at Grand
Canyon University. The related party bears all costs associated
with the recruitment of these applicants. For the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, we paid approximately
$2.8 million, $3.7 million, and $4.3 million,
respectively, pursuant to these arrangements. As we increase our
internal recruiting, marketing, and enrollment staff, we expect
this revenue share as a proportion of total revenue to decline.
General and administrative. General and
administrative expenses include salaries and benefits of
employees engaged in corporate management, finance, human
resources, facilities, compliance, and other corporate
functions. General and administrative expenses also include bad
debt expense and an allocation of depreciation, amortization,
rent and occupancy costs attributable to general and
administrative functions.
Royalty to former owner. In connection with
our February 2004 acquisition of the assets of Grand Canyon
University by several of our current stockholders, we entered
into a royalty fee arrangement with the former owner in which we
agreed to pay a stated percentage of cash revenue generated by
our online programs. For the years ended December 31, 2005,
2006, and 2007, we expensed $1.6 million,
$2.7 million, and $3.8 million, respectively, in
connection with this arrangement. This arrangement has been
terminated, as discussed below.
Interest expense. Interest expense consists
primarily of interest charges on our capital lease obligations
and on the outstanding balances of our notes payable and line of
credit.
Factors
affecting comparability
We have set forth below selected factors that we believe have
had, or can be expected to have, a significant effect on the
comparability of recent or future results of operations:
Conversion to corporate status. On
August 24, 2005, we converted from a Delaware limited
liability company to a Delaware corporation pursuant to
Section 265 of the DGCL. As a limited liability company, we
were treated as a partnership for U.S. federal and state
income tax purposes and, as such, we were not subject to
taxation. For all periods subsequent to such date, we have been
and will continue to be subject to
corporate-level U.S. federal and state income taxes.
Public company expenses. Upon
consummation of our initial public offering, we will become a
public company, and we intend to have our shares listed for
trading on the Nasdaq Global Market. As a result, we will need
to comply with laws, regulations, and requirements that we did
not need to comply with as a private company, including certain
provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, related SEC
regulations, and the requirements of Nasdaq. Compliance with the
requirements of being a public company will require us to
increase our general and administrative expenses in order to pay
our employees, legal counsel, and accountants to assist us in,
among other things, external reporting, instituting and
monitoring a more comprehensive compliance and board governance
function, establishing and maintaining internal control over
financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and preparing and distributing
periodic public reports in compliance with our obligations under
the federal securities laws. In addition, being a public company
will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and
officer liability insurance. We estimate that incremental annual
public company costs will be between $3.0 million and
$4.0 million.
Settlement with former owner. To
resolve a dispute with our former owner arising from our
acquisition of Grand Canyon University and subsequent lease of
our campus, we entered into a standstill agreement in September
2007 pursuant to which we agreed with the former owner to stay
all pending legal proceedings through April 15, 2008. In
accordance with the terms of the standstill agreement, we made
an initial non-refundable $3.0 million payment to the
former owner in October 2007 and received an option to pay an
additional $19.5 million to the former owner by
April 15, 2008, which additional amount would serve
43
as consideration for: (i) the satisfaction in full of all
past and future royalties due to the former owner under the
royalty agreement; (ii) the acquisition by us of a parcel
of real estate owned by the former owner on our campus;
(iii) the termination of a sublease agreement pursuant to
which the former owner leased office space on our campus;
(iv) the assumption by us of all future payment obligations
in respect of certain gift annuities made to the school by
donors prior to the acquisition; (v) the cancellation of a
warrant we issued to the former owner in the lease transaction;
and (vi) the satisfaction in full of a $1.25 million
loan made by the former owner to us in the lease transaction
(including all accrued and unpaid interest thereon).
On April 15, 2008, we exercised our option and paid the
additional $19.5 million to the former owner. Most of the
amounts payable to the former owner under the royalty
arrangement in 2005, and all of the amounts payable in 2006 and
2007, were accrued and not paid due to the dispute. A portion of
the settlement payments will be treated as a prepaid royalty
asset that will be amortized over future periods and the
amortization expense will differ from the historical royalty
expense.
Management fees. In connection with an
August 2005 investment led by Endeavour Capital, we entered into
a professional services agreement with Endeavour Capitals
general partner. Concurrent with the closing of this offering,
the professional services agreement will terminate by its terms.
For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, we
incurred $0.1 million, $0.3 million, and
$0.3 million, respectively, in fees and expenses under this
agreement. In addition, through December 31, 2006, we were
party to two additional professional services agreements, one
with an entity affiliated with a former director and another
affiliated with a significant stockholder, both of which
terminated in accordance with their respective terms in 2006.
For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, we paid an
aggregate of $0.4 million and $0.7 million,
respectively, under these agreements. See Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions located elsewhere
in this prospectus for additional information.
Stock-based compensation. Prior to this
offering, we have not granted or issued any stock-based
compensation. Accordingly, we have not recognized any
stock-based compensation expense. In connection with this
offering, we intend to adopt and implement a stock incentive
plan pursuant to which we will grant equity to our directors,
officers, and employees. As a result, we expect to incur
non-cash, stock-based compensation expenses in 2008 and future
periods.
Internal
Control Over Financial Reporting
Overview. We have material weaknesses
in internal control over financial reporting. In connection with
the preparation of our 2005, 2006, and 2007 financial
statements, we identified matters involving our internal control
over financial reporting that constituted material weaknesses as
defined under the standards of the American Institute of
Certified Public Accountants and caused us to conclude that
there was more than a remote likelihood that a material
misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements would
not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by our employees
in the normal course of performing their assigned functions.
Material weaknesses. In March 2008, in
connection with the preparation of our 2005, 2006, and 2007
financial statements, we identified errors regarding our
accounting for the following transactions:
|
|
|
|
|
In connection with our formation in February 2004, an entity
owned in part by our chief executive officer and our general
counsel contributed certain intangible assets to us, and we
improperly recorded these contributed assets at our estimate of
their fair value value rather than at their carryover basis.
|
|
|
|
In connection with our acquisition of Grand Canyon University
from the former owner in February 2004, we improperly accounted
for a perpetual royalty arrangement between us and the former
owner as goodwill rather than as a current period expense.
Later, in connection with a settlement agreement we entered into
with the former owner in 2007 that provided for a termination of
this royalty arrangement, we improperly accounted for a partial
settlement payment as a current period expense rather than as a
prepaid royalty subject to amortization.
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
In connection with our entry into a lease agreement for our
ground campus and buildings in June 2004, we improperly
accounted for the arrangement as an operating lease rather than
accounting for certain components of the lease as a capital
lease.
|
|
|
|
In 2004 and 2005, we failed to properly capitalize the issuance
of certain common stock and equity linked instruments to third
parties.
|
We believe the control deficiencies related to these errors
constitute material weaknesses in our internal control over
financial reporting. The material weakness related to our lack
of processes and controls that would ensure the proper recording
of assets, expenses, leases, and equity instruments in
accordance with GAAP. We have begun our remediation efforts,
which have included instituting certain controls and conducting
training of our accounting staff for purposes of enabling them
to recognize and properly account for transactions of the type
described above, and we believe that our actions in this regard
have strengthened our internal controls over financial
reporting. Although initiated, our plan to improve the
effectiveness of our internal controls and processes is not
complete. It will take some time to put in place all of the
rigorous disclosure controls and procedures desired by our
management and our board of directors. While we expect to
complete this remediation process as quickly as possible, doing
so depends on several factors beyond our control, including the
hiring of additional qualified personnel and, as a result, we
cannot at this time estimate how long it will take to complete
our remediation efforts. Our management will be conducting a
comprehensive review of our control environment and will revise
and enhance our controls based on that review. We cannot assure
you that the measures we have taken to date and plan to take
will remediate the material weaknesses we have identified. Our
current independent registered public accounting firm has not
evaluated the measures we have taken or plan to take in order to
address the material weaknesses described above.
Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates
The discussion of our financial condition and results of
operations is based upon our financial statements, which have
been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles, or GAAP. During the preparation of these
financial statements, we are required to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets,
liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses, and related
disclosures. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and
assumptions, including those discussed below. We base our
estimates on historical experience and on various other
assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the
circumstances. The results of our analysis form the basis for
making assumptions about the carrying values of assets and
liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.
Actual results may differ from these estimates under different
assumptions or conditions, and the impact of such differences
may be material to our financial statements.
We believe that the following critical accounting policies
involve our more significant judgments and estimates used in the
preparation of our financial statements:
Revenue recognition. Tuition revenue is
recognized monthly over the applicable period of instruction.
Deferred revenue and student deposits in any period represent
the excess of tuition, fees, and other student payments received
as compared to amounts recognized as revenue on the statement of
operations and are reflected as current liabilities on our
balance sheet. Our educational programs have starting and ending
dates that differ from our fiscal quarters. Therefore, at the
end of each fiscal quarter, a portion of our revenue from these
programs is not yet earned in accordance with the SECs
Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, Revenue
Recognition in Financial Statements. If a student withdraws
prior to the end of the third week of a semester, we refund all
or a portion of tuition already paid pursuant to our refund
policy, which generally results in a reduction in deferred
revenue and student deposits.
Allowance for doubtful accounts. Bad
debt expense is recorded as a general and administrative
expense. We record an allowance for doubtful accounts for
estimated losses resulting from the inability, failure, or
refusal of our students to make required payments. We determine
the adequacy of our allowance for doubtful accounts based on an
analysis of our aging of our accounts receivable and historical
bad debt experience. We generally write off accounts receivable
balances deemed uncollectible on a regular basis.
45
However, we continue to reflect accounts receivable with
offsetting allowances as long as management believes there is a
reasonable possibility of collection. As a result, our allowance
for doubtful accounts has increased on an annual basis as bad
debt expense has exceeded amounts written off.
Long-Lived Assets. We evaluate the
recoverability of our long-lived assets for impairment whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying
amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of
assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the
carrying amount of an asset to undiscounted future net cash
flows expected to be generated by the assets. If such assets are
considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is
measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the
assets exceeds the fair value of the assets.
Income taxes. On August 24, 2005,
we converted from a limited liability company to a corporation.
For all periods subsequent to such date, we have been and will
continue to be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal
and state income taxes. We account for income taxes as
prescribed by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
(SFAS) No. 109, Accounting for Income
Taxes (SFAS No. 109).
SFAS No. 109 prescribes the use of the asset and
liability method to compute the differences between the tax
basis of assets and liabilities and the related financial
amounts using currently enacted tax laws. We have deferred tax
assets, which are subject to periodic recoverability
assessments. Valuation allowances are established, when
necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that more
likely than not will be realized. Realization of the deferred
tax assets is principally dependent upon achievement of
projected future taxable income offset by deferred tax
liabilities. We evaluate the realizability of the deferred tax
assets annually. Since becoming a taxable corporation, we have
not recorded any valuation allowances to date on our deferred
income tax assets.
Results
of Operations
The following table sets forth statements of operations data as
a percentage of net revenue for each of the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional cost and services
|
|
|
52.1
|
|
|
|
41.5
|
|
|
|
37.1
|
|
Selling and promotional
|
|
|
26.6
|
|
|
|
26.8
|
|
|
|
33.7
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
24.0
|
|
|
|
21.3
|
|
|
|
18.5
|
|
Royalty to former owner
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
|
|
3.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
105.7
|
|
|
|
93.3
|
|
|
|
93.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(5.7
|
)
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
|
|
6.9
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(5.8
|
)
|
|
|
(4.0
|
)
|
|
|
(3.1
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(11.0
|
)
|
|
|
3.9
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(3.7
|
)
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(7.4
|
)%
|
|
|
2.3
|
%
|
|
|
3.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended
December 31, 2006
Net revenue. Our net revenue for the year
ended December 31, 2007 was $99.3 million, an increase
of $27.2 million, or 37.7%, as compared to net revenue of
$72.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.
This increase was primarily due to increased enrollment and, to
a lesser extent, increases in tuition rates, including a 2.6 to
4.2% tuition increase for students in our online programs that
took effect in May 2007, partially offset by an increase in
institutional scholarships. End-of-period enrollment increased
38.4% in 2007
46
compared to 2006, as we were able to continue our growth and
increase our recruitment, marketing, and enrollment operations
following the elimination of the Department of Educations
growth restrictions in October 2006.
Instructional cost and services expenses. Our
instructional cost and services expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2007 were $36.9 million, an increase of
$6.9 million, or 23.2%, as compared to instructional cost
and services expenses of $29.9 million for the year ended
December 31, 2006. This increase was primarily due to
increases in instructional compensation expense and student
support services as a result of the increase in enrollments and
the addition of certain academic support services, such as the
establishment of our Office of Assessment and Institutional
Research. Our instructional cost and services expenses as a
percentage of net revenue decreased by 4.4% to 37.1% for the
year ended December 31, 2007, as compared to 41.5% for the
year ended December 31, 2006. This decrease was a result of
the continued shift of our student population to online programs
and our ability to leverage the relatively fixed cost structure
of our campus-based facilities and ground faculty across an
increasing revenue base.
Selling and promotional expenses. Our selling
and promotional expenses for the year ended December 31,
2007 were $33.5 million, an increase of $14.1 million,
or 73.0%, as compared to selling and promotional expenses of
$19.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.
This increase was driven by a substantial expansion in our
marketing efforts following the removal of our growth
restrictions by the Department of Education, which resulted in
an increase in recruitment, marketing, and enrollment staffing,
the opening of new enrollment facilities in Arizona and Utah,
and expenses related to our revenue sharing arrangement. Our
selling and promotional expenses as a percentage of net revenue
increased by 6.9% to 33.7% for the year ended December 31,
2007, from 26.8% for the year ended December 31, 2006. This
increase occurred as a result of a significant increase in the
number of our enrollment counselors to increase our efforts to
enroll prospective students and also increased marketing and
retention staffing. In this regard, we incur immediate expenses
in connection with hiring new enrollment counselors while these
individuals undergo training, and typically do not achieve full
productivity or generate enrollments from these enrollment
counselors until four to six months after their dates of hire.
General and administrative expenses. Our
general and administrative expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2007 were $18.4 million, an increase of
$3.1 million, or 20.0%, as compared to general and
administrative expenses of $15.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 2006. Bad debt expense increased to
$3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from
$2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 as a
result of a proportional increase in net revenue. The general
and administrative expense increase was also attributable to
expenditures made to continue to support the growth of our
business. Our general and administrative expenses as a
percentage of net revenue decreased by 2.8% to 18.5% for the
year ended December 31, 2007, from 21.3% for the year ended
December 31, 2006, as we benefited from leveraging our
prior infrastructure investments over a larger enrollment and
revenue base.
Royalty to former owner. In connection with
our royalty fee arrangement with the former owner related to
online revenue, we incurred royalty expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2007 of $3.8 million, an increase of
$1.1 million, or 41.2%, as compared to royalty expenses
incurred of $2.7 million for the year ended
December 31, 2006. Our royalty expense as a percentage of
net revenue remained relatively steady for the years ended
December 31, 2007 and 2006, increasing to 3.8% from 3.7%.
Interest expense. Interest expense for the
year ended December 31, 2007 was $3.1 million, an
increase of $0.2 million, or 5.5%, from $2.9 million
for the year ended December 31, 2006 due to a higher
average level of borrowings in 2007.
Interest income. Interest income for the year
ended December 31, 2007 was $1.2 million, an increase
of $0.3 million, or 28.5%, from $0.9 million for the
year ended December 31, 2006, as a result of increased
levels of cash and cash equivalents, offset by slightly lower
interest rates.
Income tax expense. Income tax expense for the
year ended December 31, 2007 was $1.9 million, an
increase of $0.8 million, or 63.8%, from $1.2 million
for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase
47
was primarily attributable to increased income before income
taxes, partially offset by a slight decrease in our effective
income tax rate to 39.3% from 41.8%.
Net income. Our net income for the year ended
December 31, 2007 was $3.0 million, an increase of
$1.3 million, or 81.2%, as compared to net income of
$1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, due
to the factors discussed above.
Year
Ended December 31, 2006 Compared to Year Ended
December 31, 2005
Net revenue. Our net revenue for the year
ended December 31, 2006 was $72.1 million, an increase
of $20.3 million, or 39.2%, as compared to net revenue of
$51.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.
This increase was primarily due to increased enrollment,
increases in tuition rates, including a 8.3% to 12.5% tuition
increase for students in our online programs that took effect in
May 2006, and reduced levels of institutional scholarships.
End-of-period enrollment increased 26.6% in 2006 compared to
2005, as a result of improved productivity in our recruitment,
marketing, and enrollment operations and the launch of many of
our ground programs in an online delivery format, as limited by
the growth restrictions imposed by the Department of Education,
which were eliminated in October 2006.
Instruction cost and services expenses. Our
instructional cost and services expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2006 were $29.9 million, an increase of
$2.9 million, or 11.0%, as compared to instructional cost
and services expenses of $27.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 2005. This increase was primarily due to
increases in instructional compensation expense and student
support services as a result of the increase in enrollments. Our
instructional cost and services expenses as a percentage of net
revenue decreased by 10.6% to 41.5% for the year ended
December 31, 2006, as compared to 52.1% for the year ended
December 31, 2005. This decrease in 2006 was a result of
the continued shift of our student population to online
programs, our ability to leverage the relatively fixed cost
structure of our campus-based facilities and ground faculty
across an increasing revenue base, and more efficient course
scheduling and faculty utilization.
Selling and promotional expenses. Our selling
and promotional expenses for the year ended December 31,
2006 were $19.4 million, an increase of $5.6 million,
or 40.7%, as compared to selling and promotional expenses of
$13.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. As
a percentage of net revenue, our selling and promotional
expenses remained relatively steady for the years ended
December 31, 2006 and 2005, increasing to 26.8% from 26.6%.
General and administrative expenses. Our
general and administrative expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2006 were $15.3 million, an increase of
$2.9 million, or 23.4%, as compared to general and
administrative expenses of $12.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 2005. Bad debt expense increased to
$2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from
$0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 due
to an increase in net revenue and managements assessment
of our rapidly growing student base and changes in payment
trends. Our general and administrative expenses as a percentage
of net revenue decreased by 2.7% to 21.3% for the year ended
December 31, 2006, from 24.0% for the year ended
December 31, 2005, as we benefited from leveraging our
prior infrastructure investments over a larger enrollment and
revenue base.
Royalty to former owner. In connection with
our royalty fee arrangement with our former owner, we incurred
royalty expenses for the year ended December 31, 2006 of
$2.7 million, an increase of $1.1 million, or 65.4%,
as compared to royalty expenses incurred of $1.6 million
for the year ended December 31, 2005. Our royalty expense
as a percentage of net revenue increased by 0.6% to 3.7% for the
year ended December 31, 2006, from 3.1% for the year ended
December 31, 2005. These increases were attributable to the
increase in our net revenue derived from our online programs,
which grew at a faster rate than other revenue sources.
Interest expense. Interest expense for the
year ended December 31, 2006 was $2.9 million, a
decrease of $0.1 million, or 3.5%, from $3.0 million
for the year ended December 31, 2005. The decrease was
primarily due to a lower average level of borrowings in 2006.
48
Interest income. Interest income for the year
ended December 31, 2006 was $0.9 million, an increase
of $0.6 million, from $0.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 2005 as a result of increased levels of cash
and cash equivalents earning interest.
Income tax expense (benefit). Income tax
expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 was
$1.2 million, an increase of $3.1 million from income
tax benefit of $1.9 million for the year ended
December 31, 2005. This increase was primarily attributable
to our net income before income taxes and a change in our
effective income tax rate to 41.8% from 33.2%.
Net income (loss). Our net income for the year
ended December 31, 2006 was $1.7 million, an increase
of $5.5 million as compared to net loss of
$3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 due
to the factors discussed above.
Seasonality
Our net revenue and operating results normally fluctuate as a
result of seasonal variations in our business, principally due
to changes in enrollment. Student population varies as a result
of new enrollments, graduations, and student attrition. A
portion of our on-campus ground students do not attend courses
during the summer months, which historically has impacted our
second quarter and third quarter financial results. As we
increase the relative proportion of our online students, we
expect this summer effect to lessen. Partially offsetting this
summer effect in the third quarter has been the sequential
quarterly increase in enrollments that has occurred as a result
of the traditional Fall school start. This increase in
enrollments also has occurred in the first quarter,
corresponding to calendar year matriculation. In addition, we
typically experience higher net revenue in the fourth quarter
due to its overlap with the semester encompassing the
traditional Fall school start and in the first quarter due to
its overlap with the first semester of the calendar year. A
portion of our expenses do not vary proportionately with
fluctuations in net revenue, resulting in higher operating
income in the first and fourth quarters relative to other
quarters. We expect quarterly fluctuations in operating results
to continue as a result of these seasonal patterns.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
Liquidity. We financed our operating
activities and capital expenditures during the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007 primarily through cash
provided by operating activities and several private placements
of securities. Our unrestricted cash, cash equivalents, and
marketable securities were $14.4 million and
$23.2 million at December 31, 2006 and 2007,
respectively.
During 2007, we entered into a line of credit arrangement with a
bank for $6.0 million. As of December 31, 2007, the
entire $6.0 million was drawn. We repaid this line in full
in February 2008 and we terminated the facility in May 2008.
A significant portion of our net revenue is derived from tuition
financed by the Title IV programs. Federal regulations
dictate the timing of disbursements under the Title IV
programs. Students must apply for new loans and grants each
academic year, which starts July 1 for Title IV purposes.
Loan funds are generally provided by lenders in multiple
disbursements for each academic year. The disbursements are
usually received by the start of the second week of the
semester. These factors, together with the timing of our
students beginning their programs, affect our operating cash
flow. We believe we have a favorable working capital profile as
these Title IV funds and a significant portion of other tuition
and fees are typically received by the start of the second week
of a semester and the revenue is recognized and the related
expenses are incurred over the duration of the semester, which
reduces the impact of the growth in our accounts receivables
associated with our enrollment growth.
Based on our current level of operations and anticipated growth,
we believe that our cash flow from operations and other sources
of liquidity, including cash, and cash equivalents, will provide
adequate funds for ongoing operations, planned capital
expenditures and working capital requirements for the
foreseeable future.
Operating Activities. Net cash provided by
operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2007
was $7.1 million. Our operating cash flows were affected by
our dispute with our former owner; as previously
49
discussed, during 2007 we accrued $3.8 million of royalties
payable to our former owner and funded a $3.0 million
deposit in connection with a preliminary settlement of that
dispute with our former owner. Our tax payments exceeded our tax
expense as our $5.0 million of income taxes paid
represented a majority of our 2006 and 2007 tax obligations.
Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended
December 31, 2006 was $6.8 million. As previously
discussed, we accrued $2.7 million of royalties payable to
our former owner during fiscal year 2007. Our tax expense
exceeded our income taxes paid as a significant portion of our
income tax payable for fiscal year 2006 was paid in early 2007.
Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended
December 31, 2005 was $7.0 million which was primarily
driven by our net loss. During the period, we accrued
$1.0 million of royalties payable to our former owner.
Investing Activities. Net cash provided by
(used in) investing activities was ($10.0) million,
$6.7 million and ($7.6) million for the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, respectively. Our cash
used in investing activities is primarily related to the
purchase of property, plant, and equipment and leasehold
improvements. In 2005, we purchased $9.2 million of investments
related to a letter of credit required by the Department of
Education and associated with our growth restrictions. This
letter of credit was released in 2006, resulting in investment
proceeds of $9.0 million. Capital expenditures were
$0.8 million, $2.4 million and $7.4 million for
the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007,
respectively. A majority of our historical capital expenditures
are related to our ground campus in Phoenix, Arizona. Our online
business does not require significant capital expenditures and
we expect capital expenditures to represent a decreasing
percentage of net revenue in the future. However, we will
continue to invest in computer equipment and office furniture
and fixtures to support our increasing employee headcounts.
Financing Activities. Net cash provided by
(used in) financing activities was $16.0 million,
($1.7) million, and $9.3 million for the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, respectively. During
these periods, principal payments on notes payable and capital
lease obligations were offset by private placements of
securities by our stockholders and amounts drawn on our line of
credit.
Contractual
Obligations
The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2007,
the aggregate amounts of our significant contractual obligations
and commitments with definitive payment terms due in each of the
periods presented (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
More than
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1 Year
|
|
|
1-3 Years
|
|
|
3-5 Years
|
|
|
5 Years
|
|
|
Long term
debt(1)
|
|
$
|
2.4
|
|
|
$
|
0.6
|
|
|
$
|
1.3
|
|
|
$
|
0.5
|
|
|
$
|
0.0
|
|
Capital lease
obligations(1)
|
|
|
52.5
|
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
|
|
6.8
|
|
|
|
35.0
|
|
Tenant improvement
obligations(1)
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating lease
obligations(2)
|
|
|
30.4
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
|
|
20.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total contractual obligations
|
|
$
|
87.6
|
|
|
$
|
6.5
|
|
|
$
|
14.8
|
|
|
$
|
11.0
|
|
|
$
|
55.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
See Note 7 to our financial statements for a discussion of
our long term debt and capital lease obligations. |
|
(2) |
|
See Note 8 to our financial statements for a discussion of
our operating lease obligations. |
The foregoing obligations exclude potential royalty payments to
Blanchard Education, LLC under our license agreement, the
amounts of which are contingent on tuition revenue from certain
of our business programs.
50
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or
are reasonably likely to have a material current or future
effect on our financial condition, changes in financial
condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations,
liquidity, capital expenditures, or capital resources.
Impact of
Inflation
We believe that inflation has not had a material impact on our
results of operations for the years ended December 31,
2005, 2006, or 2007. There can be no assurance that future
inflation will not have an adverse impact on our operating
results and financial condition.
Non-GAAP Discussion
In addition to our GAAP results, we use Adjusted EBITDA as a
supplemental measure of our operating performance and as part of
our compensation determinations. Adjusted EBITDA is not required
by or presented in accordance with GAAP and should not be
considered as an alternative to net income, operating income, or
any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP,
or as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities or
as a measure of our liquidity.
Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) plus interest
expense net of interest income, plus income tax expense
(benefit), and plus depreciation and amortization (EBITDA), as
adjusted for (i) royalty payments incurred pursuant to an
agreement with our former owner that has been terminated as of
April 15, 2008, as discussed above and in Note 2 to
our financial statements included with this prospectus and
(ii) management fees that are no longer paid or that will
no longer be payable following completion of this offering.
We present Adjusted EBITDA because we consider it to be an
important supplemental measure of our operating performance. We
also make certain compensation decisions based, in part, on our
operating performance, as measured by Adjusted EBITDA. See
Compensation Discussion and Analysis Impact of
Performance on Compensation. All of the adjustments made
in our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA are adjustments to items
that management does not consider to be reflective of our core
operating performance. Management considers our core operating
performance to be that which can be affected by our managers in
any particular period through their management of the resources
that affect our underlying revenue and profit generating
operations during that period. Management fees and royalty
expenses that became payable in connection with our acquisition
of Grand Canyon University, and subsequent financing
transactions, are not considered reflective of our core
performance. We believe Adjusted EBITDA allows us to compare our
current operating results with corresponding historical periods
and with the operational performance of other companies in our
industry because it does not give effect to potential
differences caused by variations in capital structures
(affecting relative interest expense, including the impact of
write-offs of deferred financing costs when companies refinance
their indebtedness), tax positions (such as the impact on
periods or companies of changes in effective tax rates or net
operating losses), the book amortization of intangibles
(affecting relative amortization expense), and other items that
we do not consider reflective of underlying operating
performance. We also present Adjusted EBITDA because we believe
it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors, and
other interested parties as a measure of performance.
In evaluating Adjusted EBITDA, you should be aware that in the
future we may incur expenses similar to the adjustments
described above. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not
be construed as an inference that our future results will be
unaffected by expenses that are unusual, non-routine, or
non-recurring. Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical
tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a
substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP.
Some of these limitations are that it does reflect:
|
|
|
|
|
cash expenditures for capital expenditures or contractual
commitments;
|
|
|
|
changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital
requirements;
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service
interest or principal payments on our indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
the cost or cash required to replace assets that are being
depreciated or amortized; and
|
|
|
|
the impact on our reported results of earnings or charges
resulting from (i) royalties to our prior owner, including
amortization of royalties prepaid in connection with our
settlement, or (ii) management fees that were payable until
completion of this offering.
|
In addition, other companies, including other companies in our
industry, may calculate these measures differently than we do,
limiting the usefulness of Adjusted EBITDA as a comparative
measure. Because of these limitations, Adjusted EBITDA should
not be considered as a substitute for net income, operating
income, or any other performance measure derived in accordance
with GAAP, or as an alternative to cash flow from operating
activities or as a measure of our liquidity. We compensate for
these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and
using Adjusted EBITDA only supplementally. For more information,
see our financial statements and the notes to those statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The following table presents data relating to Adjusted EBITDA,
which is a non-GAAP measure, for the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(3,813
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,651
|
|
|
$
|
2,991
|
|
Plus: interest expense net of interest income
|
|
|
2,740
|
|
|
|
1,997
|
|
|
|
1,898
|
|
Plus: income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(1,894
|
)
|
|
|
1,184
|
|
|
|
1,939
|
|
Plus: depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
1,879
|
|
|
|
2,396
|
|
|
|
3,269
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
|
(1,088
|
)
|
|
$
|
7,228
|
|
|
|
10,097
|
|
Plus: royalty to former
owner(a)
|
|
|
1,619
|
|
|
|
2,678
|
|
|
|
3,782
|
|
Plus: management
fees(b)
|
|
|
511
|
|
|
|
958
|
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
1,042
|
|
|
$
|
10,864
|
|
|
$
|
14,175
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Reflects the royalty fee arrangement with the former owner of
Grand Canyon University in which we agreed to pay a stated
percentage of cash revenue generated by our online programs. As
a result of the settlement of a dispute with the former owner,
we are no longer obligated to pay this royalty, although the
settlement includes a prepayment of future royalties that will
be amortized in 2008 and future periods. |
|
|
|
See Note 2 to our financial statements included with this
prospectus. |
|
(b) |
|
Reflects management fees of $0.1 million,
$0.3 million, and $0.3 million for the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, respectively, to the
general partner of Endeavour Capital, and an aggregate of
$0.4 million and $0.7 million for the years ended
December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively, to an entity
affiliated with a former director and another affiliated with a
significant stockholder following their investment in us. The
agreements relating to these arrangements have all terminated or
will terminate by their terms upon the closing of this offering.
See Certain Relationships and Related Transactions. |
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosure About Risk
Market risk. We have no derivative financial
instruments or derivative commodity instruments. We invest cash
in excess of current operating requirements in short term
certificates of deposit and money market instruments.
Interest rate risk. We manage interest rate
risk by investing excess funds in cash equivalents and
marketable securities bearing variable interest rates, which are
tied to various market indices. Our future investment income may
fall short of expectations due to changes in interest rates or
we may suffer losses in principal if we are forced to sell
securities that have declined in market value due to changes in
interest rates. At December 31, 2007, a 10% increase or
decrease in interest rates would not have a material impact on
our
52
future earnings, fair values, or cash flows. All of our notes
payable and capital lease obligations are fixed rate instruments
and are not subject to fluctuations in interest rates.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48,
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes an
Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109
(FIN 48). This interpretation, among other
things, creates a two step approach for evaluating uncertain tax
positions. Recognition (step one) occurs when an enterprise
concludes that a tax position, based solely on its technical
merits, is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon
examination. Measurement (step two) determines the amount of
benefit that more-likely-than-not will be realized upon
settlement. Derecognition of a tax position that was previously
recognized would occur when a company subsequently determines
that a tax position no longer meets the more-likely-than-not
threshold of being sustained. FIN 48 specifically prohibits
the use of a valuation allowance as a substitute for
derecognition of tax positions, and it has expanded disclosures.
We adopted FIN 48 on January 1, 2008, and we do not
expect adoption to have a material impact on our financial
statements.
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157,
Fair Value Measurements
(SFAS No. 157) which provides enhanced
guidance for using fair value to measure assets and liabilities.
SFAS No. 157 establishes a common definition of fair
value, provides a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP
and expands disclosure requirements about fair value
measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for financial
statements issued in fiscal years beginning after
November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal
years. We do not believe that the adoption of
SFAS No. 157 will have a material impact on our
financial position or results of operations.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The
Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115
(SFAS No. 159). This standard permits
entities to choose to measure financial instruments and certain
other items at fair value and is effective for the first fiscal
year beginning after November 15, 2007.
SFAS No. 159 must be applied prospectively, and the
effect of the first re-measurement to fair value, if any, should
be reported as a cumulative - effect adjustment to the opening
balance of retained earnings. The adoption of
SFAS No. 159 is not expected to have a material impact
on our financial position or results of operations.
53
BUSINESS
Overview
We are a leading, regionally accredited provider of online
postsecondary education services focused on offering graduate
and undergraduate degree programs in our core disciplines of
education, business, and healthcare. In addition to our online
programs, we offer ground programs at our traditional campus in
Phoenix, Arizona and onsite at the facilities of employers. We
are committed to providing an academically rigorous educational
experience with a focus on career-oriented programs that meet
the objectives of working adults. We utilize an integrated,
innovative approach to marketing, recruiting, and retaining
students, which has enabled us to increase enrollment from
approximately 3,000 students at the end of 2003 to approximately
14,750 students at the end of 2007, representing a compound
annual growth rate of approximately 49%. At the end of 2007, 85%
of our students were enrolled in our online programs and 62% of
our students were pursuing masters degrees.
Our three core disciplines of education, business, and
healthcare represent large markets with attractive employment
opportunities. According to the U.S. Department of
Education, National Center for Education Statistics, or NCES,
these disciplines ranked as three of the four most popular
fields of postsecondary education, based on degrees conferred in
the 2005-06
school year. The U.S. Department of Labor Bureau of Labor
Statistics, or BLS, has estimated that these fields comprised
over 40 million jobs in 2006, many of which require
postsecondary education credentials. Furthermore, the BLS has
projected that the education, business, and healthcare fields
will generate approximately six million new jobs between 2006
and 2016.
We primarily focus on recruiting and educating working adults,
whom we define as students age 25 or older who are pursuing
a degree while employed. As of December 31, 2007,
approximately 93% of our online students were age 25 or
older. We believe that working adults are attracted to the
convenience and flexibility of our online programs because they
can study and interact with faculty and classmates during times
that suit their schedules. We also believe that working adults
represent an attractive student population because they are
better able to finance their education, more readily recognize
the benefits of a postsecondary degree, and have higher
persistence and completion rates than students generally.
We have experienced significant growth in enrollment, net
revenue, and operating income over the last several years. Our
enrollment at the end of 2007 was approximately 14,750,
representing a 38.4% increase over the prior year. Our net
revenue and operating income for the year ended
December 31, 2007 were $99.3 million and
$6.8 million, respectively, representing increases of 37.7%
and 41.3%, respectively, over the prior year. We believe our
growth is the result of a combination of factors, including our:
|
|
|
|
|
focus on our core disciplines of education, business, and
healthcare;
|
|
|
|
convenient and flexible online delivery platform targeted at
working adults;
|
|
|
|
innovative marketing, recruitment, and retention
approach; and
|
|
|
|
expanding portfolio of academically rigorous, career-oriented
program offerings.
|
We seek to achieve continued growth in a manner that reinforces
our reputation for providing academically rigorous,
career-oriented educational programs that advance the careers of
our students. As part of our efforts to ensure that our students
graduate with the knowledge, competencies, and skills that will
enable them to succeed following graduation, we have established
an Office of Assessment and Institutional Research to monitor
student and faculty performance and improve student satisfaction.
We have been regionally accredited by the Higher Learning
Commission and its predecessor since 1968, and we were
reaccredited in 2007 for the maximum term of ten years. We are
regulated by the Department of Education as a result of our
participation in the federal student financial aid programs
authorized by Title IV of the Higher Education Act, and, at
the state level, we are licensed to operate and offer our
programs by the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary
Education. In addition, we have specialized accreditations for
certain programs from the Association of Collegiate Business
Schools and Programs, the Commission on Collegiate Nursing
Education, and the Commission on Accreditation of Athletic
Training Education. We
54
believe that our institution-wide state authorization and
regional accreditation, together with these specialized
accreditations, reflect the quality of our programs, enhance
their marketability, and improve the employability of our
graduates.
History
Grand Canyon College was founded in Prescott, Arizona in 1949 as
a traditional, private, non-profit college and moved to its
existing campus in Phoenix, Arizona in 1951. Established as a
Baptist-affiliated institution with a strong emphasis on
religious studies, the school initially focused on offering
bachelors degree programs in education. Over the years,
the school expanded its curricula to include programs in the
sciences, nursing, business, music, and arts. The college
obtained regional accreditation in 1968 from the Commission on
Institutions of Higher Education, North Central Association of
Colleges and Schools, the predecessor to the Higher Learning
Commission, and began offering nursing programs in the 1970s and
masters degree programs in education and business in the
1980s. In 1989, it achieved university status and became Grand
Canyon University. The university introduced its first distance
learning programs in 1997, and launched its first online
programs in 2003 in business and education. In early 2000, it
discontinued its Baptist affiliation and became a
non-denominational Christian university.
In late 2003, the schools Board of Trustees initiated a
process to evaluate alternatives as a result of the
schools poor financial condition and, in February 2004,
several of our current stockholders acquired the assets of the
school and converted its operations to a for-profit institution.
In May 2005, following this change in control, the Department of
Education recertified us to continue participating in the
Title IV programs on a provisional basis, subject to
certain restrictions and requirements. In its review, the
Department of Education concluded that we did not satisfy its
standards of financial responsibility and identified other
concerns about our administrative capability. As a result, the
Department of Education required us to post a letter of credit,
accept restrictions on the growth of our program offerings and
enrollment, and receive Title IV funds under the heightened
cash monitoring system. At this time, our lead institutional
investor, Endeavour Capital, invested in us and provided the
capital to support the letter of credit requirement as well as
other working capital needs. In October 2006, based on our
significantly improved financial condition and performance, the
Department of Education eliminated the letter of credit
requirement and allowed the growth restrictions to expire. In
2007, the Department of Education eliminated the heightened cash
monitoring restrictions and returned us to the advance payment
method.
Since February 2004, we have enhanced our senior management
team, expanded our online platform, increased our program
offerings, and initiated a marketing and branding effort to
further differentiate us in the markets in which we operate. We
have also made investments to enhance our student and technology
support services. We believe these investments, combined with
our management expertise, provide a platform that will support
continued enrollment and revenue growth. Many of our ground
programs continue to include Christian study requirements. While
our online programs do not have such requirements, many include
ethics requirements and offer religious courses as electives.
Industry
Postsecondary education. The United States
market for postsecondary education represents a large and
growing opportunity. According to the NCES, total revenue for
all degree-granting postsecondary institutions was over
$385 billion for the
2004-05
school year. In addition, the number of students enrolled in
postsecondary institutions was projected to be approximately
18.0 million in 2007 and the number was projected to grow
to 18.8 million by 2010. We believe that future growth in
this market will be driven, in part, by an increasing number of
job openings in occupations that require bachelors or
masters degrees. The BLS has projected the number of such
jobs to grow approximately 17% and 19%, respectively, between
2006 and 2016, or nearly double the growth rate the BLS projects
for occupations that do not require postsecondary degrees.
Moreover, individuals with a postsecondary degree are able to
obtain a significant wage premium relative to individuals
without a degree. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, in
2006, the median income for individuals age 25 years
or older with a bachelors or masters degree was
approximately 70% or 103% higher, respectively, than for a high
school graduate of the same age with no college education.
55
According to the NCES, as of 2007 71% of adults
age 25 years or older did not possess a
bachelors or higher degree. The NCES estimates that, as of
2005, adults age 25 years or older represented 39% of
total U.S. postsecondary enrollments, or approximately
6.8 million students. We believe many of these students are
pursuing a postsecondary degree while employed in order to
increase their compensation or enhance their opportunities for
career advancement, often with their current employer. We
further believe that working adult students represent an
attractive student population because they are better able to
finance their education, more readily recognize the benefits of
a postsecondary degree, and have higher persistence and
completion rates than students generally. We expect that adults
age 25 years or older will continue to represent a
large and growing segment of the postsecondary education market.
Online postsecondary education. The market for
online postsecondary education is growing more rapidly than the
overall postsecondary market. A 2007 study by Eduventures, LLC.,
an education consulting and research firm, projected that from
2002 to 2007 enrollment in online postsecondary programs
increased from approximately 0.5 million to approximately
1.8 million, representing a compound annual growth rate of
approximately 30.4%. In comparison, the NCES projected a
compound annual growth rate of 1.6% in enrollment in
postsecondary programs overall during the same period. We
believe this growth has been driven by a number of factors,
including the greater convenience and flexibility of online
programs as compared to ground-based programs and the increased
acceptance of online programs among academics and employers.
According to a 2006 survey by the Sloan Consortium, a trade
group focused on online education, 79.1% of chief academic
officers surveyed at institutions with 15,000 or more students,
most of which offer online programs, and 61.9% of all chief
academic officers surveyed, believe that online learning
outcomes are equal or superior to traditional face-to-face
instruction.
Education, business, and healthcare. The
education, business, and healthcare sectors represent a large
and growing market for postsecondary education. According to the
NCES, these fields ranked as three of the four most popular
fields of postsecondary education, based on degrees conferred in
the 2005-06
school year. We believe the popularity of these fields is driven
by the number and growth of employment opportunities. According
to the BLS, in 2006 these three fields employed more than
40 million people in jobs that often require a
postsecondary degree. Furthermore, the BLS has projected that
these sectors will generate approximately six million
incremental jobs between 2006 and 2016, not including job
openings resulting from natural attrition. We believe there is a
significant opportunity for education providers that focus on
offering students a career-focused education in sectors of the
workforce with strong job prospects, particularly where demand
for employees is growing but supply is limited. In a 2007
report, the BLS stated that:
|
|
|
|
|
Education services was the second largest industry in the United
States and accounted for approximately 13 million jobs.
Nearly half of these jobs were teaching positions that require
at least a bachelors degree, and some required a
masters or doctoral degree. The BLS projected that job
openings in the education services sector will grow by
1.4 million between 2006 and 2016 as a result of overall
population growth and a nationwide focus on improving education
and access to education.
|
|
|
|
Management, business, and financial occupations comprised
15 million jobs across all industries. The BLS projected
that job opportunities in this field will grow 10% between 2006
and 2016, adding a total of 1.6 million jobs during that
period.
|
|
|
|
Healthcare was the largest industry in the United States,
accounting for approximately 14 million jobs and
encompassing seven of the 20 fastest growing occupations. The
BLS projected that employment growth in the healthcare sector
will increase by 3.0 million jobs between 2006 and 2016
principally due to increased demand for healthcare services as a
result of growth in the population in older age groups, rising
life expectancy, and advances in medical technology.
|
56
Competitive
Strengths
We believe the following competitive strengths differentiate us
from our competitors:
Established presence in targeted, high demand
disciplines. We have an established presence
within our three core disciplines of education, business, and
healthcare, which, according to the NCES, ranked as three of the
four most popular fields of postsecondary education, based on
degrees conferred in the
2005-06
school year. We offer our students career-oriented, academically
rigorous educational programs, supported by specialized courses
within their select disciplines, which enable them to advance
their career prospects in these sectors. We seek to leverage our
historical presence in these disciplines with key branding
relationships, such as our relationship with business author and
industry leader Ken Blanchard, to differentiate our reputation
in the market place. We believe our focused approach enables us
to develop our academic reputation and brand identity within our
core disciplines, recruit and retain quality faculty and staff
members, and meet the educational and career objectives of our
students.
Focus on graduate degrees for working
adults. We have designed our program offerings
and our online delivery platform to meet the needs of working
adults, particularly those seeking graduate degrees to obtain
pay increases or job promotions that are directly tied to higher
educational attainment. We believe that working adults are
attracted to the convenience and flexibility of our online
delivery platform because they can study and interact with
faculty and classmates during times that suit their schedules.
We also believe that working adults represent an attractive
student population because they are better able to finance their
education, more readily recognize the benefits of a
postsecondary degree, and have higher persistence and completion
rates than students generally. At December 31, 2007,
approximately 69% of our online students were enrolled in
graduate degree programs.
Innovative marketing, recruiting, and retention
strategy. We have developed an integrated,
innovative approach to student marketing, recruitment, and
retention to reach our targeted students. We utilize Internet
marketing, seminar and event-based marketing, referrals, and
employer relationships to reach our targeted students. We
provide our enrollment counselors, who serve as our primary
contact with prospective students during the recruitment
process, with career advancement opportunities that promote
longevity and an entrepreneurial drive. We believe that our
enrollment counselors help project a consistent message
regarding our programs and increase the success rate of
converting leads to new enrollments. Finally, we have
implemented a detailed process for recruiting, enrolling, and
retaining new students through which we proactively provide
support to students at key points during their consideration of,
and enrollment at, Grand Canyon University to enhance the
probability of student enrollment and retention.
Commitment to offering academically rigorous, career-oriented
programs. We are committed to offering
academically rigorous educational programs that are designed to
help our students achieve their career objectives. Our programs
are taught by qualified faculty, substantially all of whom hold
at least a masters degree and often have practical
experience in their respective fields. We continually review and
assess our programs and faculty to ensure that our programs
provide the knowledge and skills that lead to successful student
outcomes. We provide extensive student support services,
including administrative, library, career, and technology
support services, to help maximize the success of our students.
Our Office of Assessment and Institutional Research manages our
efforts to track student and faculty performance by monitoring
student outcomes and developing transparent, measurable
outcomes-based education programs.
Complementary online capabilities and campus-based
tradition. We believe that our online
capabilities, combined with our nearly
60-year
heritage as a traditional campus-based university, differentiate
us in the for-profit postsecondary market and enhance the
reputation of our degree programs among students and employers.
Our online students benefit from our flexible, interactive
online platform, which we believe offers a highly effective
delivery medium for our programs, yet are enrolled in a
university with a traditional campus, faculty, facilities, and
athletic programs. We require our online faculty to undergo
training in the delivery of online programs before teaching
their initial course, while our full-time ground faculty help
maintain the consistency and quality of our online programs by
supervising and conducting peer reviews of our online faculty,
and participating as subject matter experts in the development
of our online curricula. Our campus also offers our ground
students, faculty, and staff an opportunity to participate in a
traditional college experience.
57
Experienced management team with strong operating
track-record. Our management team possesses
extensive experience in educational services businesses,
specifically in the areas of marketing to, recruiting, and
retaining students pursuing online and other distance education
degree offerings. Our chief executive officer,
Brent Richardson, and our chief operating officer, John
Crowley, have each worked in the education services sector for
more than 20 years and have extensive experience in content
development and prospective student identification and
recruitment. Dr. Kathy Player, our provost and chief
academic officer, has been with Grand Canyon University for
10 years, has played a key role in developing our
reputation for academic rigor and quality, and has been
instrumental in developing our Office of Assessment and
Institutional Research.
Growth
Strategies
We intend to pursue the following growth strategies:
Increase enrollment in existing programs. We
continue to increase enrollment in our three core disciplines by
identifying, enrolling, and retaining students seeking careers
in the education, business, and healthcare fields. We believe,
due to the depth of the market in our core disciplines, that our
existing programs, some of which were only recently launched,
provide ample opportunity for growth. Our three core disciplines
serve markets that currently comprise over 40 million jobs,
many of which require postsecondary education, and the BLS has
projected that these sectors will continue to grow. In 2007, we
increased the number of our enrollment counselors by 217 to
increase our efforts to enroll prospective students in these
fields. We intend to continue to increase the number of our
enrollment counselors and our marketing personnel, and to
provide these individuals with the training and resources
necessary to effectively and efficiently drive enrollment growth
and student retention.
Expand online program and degree offerings. We
develop and offer new programs that we believe have attractive
demand characteristics. We launched 17 new online program
offerings in 2007, including the Ken Blanchard Executive MBA
program, and intend to launch a total of 12 new online programs
in 2008. We recently received approval to launch our first
doctoral degree program, a Doctorate of Education in
Organizational Leadership. Our new program offerings typically
build on existing programs and incorporate additional
specialized courses, which offers our students the opportunity
to pursue programs that address their specific educational
objectives while allowing us to expand our program offerings
with only modest incremental investment. We also seek to add new
programs in additional targeted disciplines, such as our
recently launched programs in psychology and digital media.
Further enhance our brand recognition. We
continue to enhance our brand recognition by pursuing online and
offline marketing campaigns, establishing strategic branding
relationships with recognized industry leaders, and developing
complementary resources in our core disciplines that increase
the overall awareness of our offerings. In our marketing
efforts, we emphasize the academic rigor and career orientation
of our programs. We seek to promote our brand by establishing
relationships with industry leaders, such as Ken Blanchard, who
have recognizable identities with potential students and further
validate the quality and relevance of our program offerings.
Expand relationships with private sector and government
employers. We seek additional relationships with
health care systems, school districts, emergency services
providers, and other employers through which we can market our
offerings to their employees. As evidence of our success in
these initiatives to date, in 2007, we taught courses at
29 hospitals and had direct billing arrangements with 23
employers covering programs being pursued by over 1,000 of their
employees. We recently established a national account sales
team, consisting of professionals with significant sales and
marketing experience, that seeks to develop strategic
relationships on a regional, national, and international basis
across a wide range of employers. These relationships provide
leads for our programs, build our recognition among employers in
our core disciplines, and enable us to identify new programs and
degrees that are in demand by students and employers.
Leverage infrastructure and drive earnings
growth. We have made significant investments in
our people, processes, and technology infrastructure since 2004.
We believe these investments have prepared us to deliver our
academic programs to a much larger student population with only
modest incremental investment.
58
Our current infrastructure is capable of supporting a
significantly larger number of enrollment counselors, and we
intend to expand this group in order to continue to drive
enrollment growth. We implemented a new learning management
system in 2007 to better serve the demands of our growing
student population and have expanded our student and technology
support capabilities to support a larger student base. We have
also invested in administrative and management personnel and
systems to prepare for our anticipated growth. We intend to
leverage our historical investments as we increase our
enrollment, which we believe will allow us to increase our
operating margins over time.
Our
Approach to Academic Quality
Some of the key elements that we focus on to promote a high
level of academic quality include:
|
|
|
|
|
Academically rigorous, career oriented
curricula. We create academically rigorous
curricula that are designed to enable all students to gain the
foundational knowledge, professional competencies, and
demonstrable skills required to be successful in their chosen
fields. Our curriculum is designed and delivered by faculty that
are committed to delivering a high quality, rigorous education.
We design our curricula to address specific career-oriented
objectives that we believe working adult students in the
disciplines we serve are seeking. Through this combination, we
believe that we produce graduates that can compete and become
leaders in their chosen fields.
|
|
|
|
Qualified faculty. We demonstrate our
commitment to high quality education by hiring and contracting
qualified faculty with relevant practical experience.
Substantially all of our current faculty members hold at least a
masters degree in their respective field and approximately
30% of our faculty members hold a doctoral degree. Many of our
faculty members are able to integrate relevant, practical
experiences from their professional careers into the courses
they teach. We invest in the professional development of our
faculty members by providing training in ground and online
teaching techniques, hosting events and discussion forums that
foster sharing of best practices, and continually assessing
teaching effectiveness through peer reviews and student
evaluations.
|
|
|
|
Standardized course design. We employ a
standardized curriculum development process to ensure a
consistent learning experience with frequent faculty-student
interaction in our courses. We thereafter continuously review
our programs in an effort to ensure that they remain consistent,
up-to-date,
and effective in producing the desired learning outcomes. We
also regularly review student surveys to identify opportunities
for course modifications and upgrades.
|
|
|
|
Effective student services. We establish teams
comprised of academic and administrative personnel that act as
the primary support contact point for each of our students,
beginning at the application stage and continuing through
graduation. In recent years, we have also concentrated on
improving the technology used to support student learning,
including enhancing our online learning platform and further
improving student services through the implementation of online
interfaces. As a result, many of our support services, including
academic, administrative, library, and career services, are
accessible online, generally allowing users to access these
services at a time and in a manner that is generally convenient
to them.
|
|
|
|
Continual academic oversight. We have
centralized the academic oversight and assessment functions for
all of our programs through our Office of Assessment and
Institutional Research, which continuously evaluates the
academic content, delivery method, faculty performance, and
desired learning outcomes for each of our programs. We
continuously assess outcomes data to determine whether our
students graduate with the knowledge, competencies, and skills
that are necessary to succeed in the workplace. The Office and
Assessment and Institutional Research also initiates and manages
periodic examinations of our curricula by internal and external
reviewers to evaluate and verify program quality and workplace
applicability. Based on these processes and student feedback, we
determine whether to modify or discontinue programs that do not
meet our standards or market needs, or to create new programs.
The Office and Assessment and Institutional Research also
oversees regular reviews of our programs conducted by
accrediting commissions.
|
59
We also offer, for both our online and ground programs, the
following features in an effort to enrich the academic
experience of current and prospective students:
|
|
|
|
|
Flexibility in program delivery. We also seek
to meet market demands by providing students with the
flexibility to take courses exclusively online or to combine
online coursework with various campus and onsite options. For
example, based on market demand, particularly in connection with
our nursing programs, we have established satellite locations at
multiple hospitals that allow nursing students to take clinical
courses onsite while completing other course work online. We
have established similar onsite arrangements with other major
employers, including schools and school districts through which
students can pursue student teaching opportunities. This
flexibility raises our profile among employers, encourages
students to take and complete courses and eliminates
inconveniences that tend to lessen student persistence.
|
|
|
|
Small class size. Over 90% of our online and
ground classes had 25 or fewer students, with no classes
exceeding 40 students. These class sizes provide each student
with the opportunity to interact directly with course faculty
and to receive individualized feedback and attention while also
affording our faculty with the opportunity to engage proactively
with a manageable number of students. We believe this
interaction enhances the academic quality of our programs by
promoting opportunities for students to participate actively and
thus build the requisite knowledge, competencies, and skills.
|
Accreditation
and Program Approvals
We believe that the quality of our academic programs is
evidenced by the college- and program-specific accreditations
and approvals that we have pursued and obtained. Grand Canyon
University has been continually accredited by the Higher
Learning Commission and its predecessor since 1968, obtaining
its most recent
ten-year
reaccreditation in 2007. We are licensed in Arizona by the
Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education. In
addition, we have obtained the following specialized
accreditations and approvals for our core program offerings:
|
|
|
|
|
College
|
|
Specialized Accreditations and Program Approvals
|
|
Current Period
|
|
College of Education
|
|
The Arizona State Board of Education
approves our College of Education to offer Institutional
Recommendations for the certification of elementary, secondary,
and special education teachers and school administrators.
|
|
2006 - 2008*
|
Ken Blanchard College of Business
|
|
The Association of Collegiate Business
Schools and Programs accredits our Master of Business
Administration degree program and our Bachelor of Science degree
programs in Accounting, Business Administration, and Marketing.
|
|
2007 - 2017
|
College of Nursing and Health Sciences
|
|
The Commission on Collegiate Nursing
Education accredits our Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Nursing
and Master of Science (M.S.) Nursing degree programs.
|
|
2006 - 2016 (B.S.)
2006 - 2011 (M.S.)
|
|
|
The Arizona State Board of Nursing
approves our Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Nursing and Master of
Science (M.S.) Nursing degree programs.
|
|
2006 - 2016 (B.S.)
2006 - 2011 (M.S.)
|
|
|
The Commission on Accreditation of
Athletic Training Education accredits our Athletic Training
Program.
|
|
2002 - 2008*
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
We have had our site visits related
to the renewal of this specialized accreditation or program
approval and are not aware of any factors that could cause this
specialized accreditation or program approval not to be renewed
in the ordinary course.
|
60
Our regional accreditation with the Higher Learning Commission,
and our specialized accreditations and approvals for our core
programs, reflect the quality of, and standards we set for, our
programs, enhance their marketability, and improve the
employability of our graduates.
Curricula
We offer the degrees of Master of Arts in Teaching, Master of
Education, Master of Business Administration, Master of Science,
Bachelor of Arts, and Bachelor of Science and a variety of
programs leading to each of these degrees. Many of our degree
programs also offer the opportunity to obtain one or more
emphases. We require students to take a minimum of three
designated courses to achieve a given emphasis. We also offer
certificate programs, which consist of a series of courses
focused on a particular area of study, for students who seek to
enhance their skills and knowledge. In addition, we recently
were approved to offer our first doctoral program in education,
which will begin in 2008.
We offer our academic programs through our four distinct
colleges:
|
|
|
|
|
the College of Education, which has a nearly
60-year
history as one of Arizonas leading teachers colleges
and consistently graduates teachers who meet or exceed state
averages on the Arizona Educator Proficiency Assessment exams;
|
|
|
|
the Ken Blanchard College of Business, which has a well-known
brand among our target student population, an advisory board
that includes nationally recognized business leaders, and a
reputation for offering career-oriented degree programs,
including an Executive MBA and programs in leadership,
innovation, and entrepreneurship;
|
|
|
|
the College of Nursing and Health Sciences, which has a strong
reputation within the Arizona healthcare community and is the
second largest nursing program in Arizona; and
|
|
|
|
the College of Liberal Arts, which develops and provides many of
the general education course requirements in our other colleges
and also serves as one of the vehicles through which we offer
programs in additional targeted disciplines.
|
61
Under the overall leadership of our provost and chief academic
officer, our senior academic affairs personnel, and the deans of
the individual colleges, each of the colleges organizes its
academic programs through various departments and schools. At
December 31, 2007, we offered 82 academic degree programs
and emphases, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
College of Education
|
|
Ken Blanchard College of Business
|
Degree Program
|
|
Emphasis
|
|
Degree Program
|
|
Emphasis
|
|
Master of Arts in Teaching
|
|
|
|
Ken Blanchard Executive MBA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Master of Education
Bachelor of Science
|
|
Education Administration
Institutional Recommendation (IR)
Education Administration
Organizational Leadership
Education Administration
School Leadership
Elementary Education IR
Elementary Education Non-IR
Curriculum and Instruction: Reading
Curriculum and Instruction:
Technology
Secondary Education IR
Secondary Education Non-IR
Special Education for Certified Special
Educators
Teaching English to Speakers of Other
Languages
Special Education IR
Special Education Non-IR
School Counseling K-12*
Elementary/Special Education*
Elementary Education Early
Childhood Education
Elementary Education
English
Elementary Education
Math
Elementary Education
Science
Secondary Education
Biology*
Secondary Education
Business Education
and Technology
Secondary Education
Chemistry*
Secondary Education
Mathematics
Secondary Education
Social Studies
Secondary Education
Physical Education
|
|
Master of Business Administration
Master of Science
Bachelor of Science
|
|
General Management
Health Systems Management
Leadership
Management of Information Systems
Marketing
Six Sigma
Leadership Leadership Disaster Preparedness Crisis Management Executive Fire Leadership
Accounting Business Administration Business Administration Healthcare Management Business
Administration Management of Information Systems Marketing Applied Management Accounting Finance Entrepreneurial Studies Public Safety Administration
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bachelor of Arts
|
|
English for Secondary Teachers*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Indicates program was offered on
ground only.
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
College of Nursing and Health Sciences
|
|
College of Liberal Arts
|
Degree Program
|
|
Emphasis
|
|
Degree Program
|
|
Emphasis
|
|
Master of Science Nursing
Bachelor of Science in Nursing
Bachelor of Science
|
|
Family Nurse Practitioner*
Nursing Leadership in Healthcare
Systems
Clinical Nurse Specialist*
Clinical Nurse Specialist (Education
Focus)*
Nursing Education
Biology Basic Science*
Biology Pre-Medicine*
Biology Pre-Pharmacy*
Biology Pre-Physician
Assistant*
Biology Pre-Physical Therapy*
Biology Pre-Occupational
Therapy*
Biology Pre-Veterinary*
Health Science: Professional Development
and Advanced Patient Care
Medical Imaging Sciences
Athletic Training*
Corporate Fitness and Wellness*
|
|
Bachelor of Arts in History*
Bachelor of Science
Bachelor of Arts
|
|
Justice Studies*
Psychology
Sociology*
Communications Digital Media*
Communications Graphic Design*
Communications Public
Relations*
English Literature*
Interdisciplinary Studies
Communication
Christian Leadership
Intercultural Studies
Christian Studies
Biblical/Theological Studies
Christian Studies Pastoral
Ministry
Christian Studies Worship
Ministry
Christian Studies Youth
Ministry
Christian Leadership
|
|
|
Physical Education*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recreation*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Undergraduate Minors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Athletic Coaching*
Behavioral Sciences* Business
Critical Thinking and Expression*
Exercise Science* Family Studies Health Education* History*
|
|
Justice Studies*
Physical Education*
Political Science*
Psychology*
Recreation*
Social Sciences*
Sociology*
Spanish*
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Indicates program was offered on
ground only.
|
We have established relationships with health care systems,
school districts, emergency services providers, and other
employers through which we offer programs onsite to provide
flexibility and convenience to students and their employers. For
example, for our nursing programs, we offer clinical courses
onsite at hospitals and other healthcare centers with which we
have relationships, and also arrange to allow these students to
complete their clinical work onsite. We refer to students
attending a program with us through such relationships as
professional studies ground students.
We offer our programs through three 16-week semesters in a
calender year, with two starts available per semester for our
online students and our professional studies ground students and
one start available per semester for our traditional ground
students. During each semester, classes may last for five,
eight, or 16 weeks. Depending on the program, students generally
enroll in one to three courses per semester. We require online
students to complete two courses of three credits hours each
during a 16-week semester, with each student concentrating on
one course during each eight-week period. While there is no
explicit requirement, we communicate to our online students our
expectation that they access their online student classroom at
least four times each week in order to maintain an active
dialogue with their professors and classmates. Our online
programs provide a digital record of student interactions for
the course instructor to assess students levels of
engagement and demonstration of required competencies.
New
Program Development
We typically identify a potential new degree program or emphasis
area through market demand or from proposals developed by
faculty, staff, students, alumni, or partners, and then perform
an analysis of the development cost and the long-term demand for
the program. If, following this analysis, we decide to proceed
63
with the program, our Curriculum Design and Development Team
designates a subject matter expert who works with other faculty
and our curriculum development personnel to design a program
that is consistent with our academically rigorous,
career-oriented program standards. The program is then reviewed
by the dean of the applicable college, the Academic Affairs
Committee, and our provost and chief academic officer and,
finally, presented for approval to our Program Standards and
Evaluation Committee. Upon approval, the subject matter expert
develops a course syllabus and our Marketing Department creates
a marketing plan to publicize the new program. Our average
program development process is six months from proposal to
course introduction. The development process is typically longer
if we are expanding into a new field or offering a new type of
degree.
Assessment
In 2007, we established our Office of Assessment and
Institutional Research to serve as our central resource for
assessing and continually improving our curricula, student
satisfaction and learning outcomes, and overall institutional
effectiveness. Among other things, the assessment team reviews
student course satisfaction surveys, analyzes archived student
assignments to assess whether a given program is developing
students foundational knowledge, professional
competencies, and skills to achieve the expected learning
outcomes, supervises and analyzes faculty peer reviews, and
monitors program enrollment and retention data. Based on this
data and the conclusions of the assessment team, we modify
programs as necessary to meet our student satisfaction and
educational development standards and make recommendations as to
adding or modifying programs.
Faculty
Our faculty includes full-time, ground-based faculty who teach
under a nine-month or twelve-month teaching contract, as well as
adjunct ground-based faculty and online faculty who we contract
to teach on a
course-by-course
basis for a specified fee. As of December 31, 2007, we
employed 370 ground-based faculty members, of which 54 were
full-time and 316 were part-time adjuncts, and maintained a pool
of over 1,000 online faculty members, all of whom had completed
our required training and 735 of which taught at least one
course during 2007. Substantially all of our current faculty
members hold at least a masters degree in their respective
field and approximately 30% of our faculty members hold a
doctoral degree. On occasion, we engage a limited number of
faculty members who may not hold a graduate degree, but who
evidence significant professional experience and achievement in
their respective subject areas.
We establish full-time, adjunct and online positions based on
program and course enrollment. As enrollment increases, we
expect to continue to increase our online faculty pool. We
manage faculty workload by limiting our faculty to a maximum of
four courses per semester and by restricting the number of
students per class.
We attract faculty through referrals by current faculty members
and advertisements in education and trade association journals,
as well as from direct inquiries through our website. We require
each new online faculty member to complete an online orientation
and training program that leads to certification and assignment.
We believe that potential faculty members are attracted to us
because of the opportunity to teach academically rigorous,
career-oriented material to motivated working adult students.
We believe that the quality of our faculty is critical to our
success, particularly because faculty members have more
interaction with our students than any other university
employee. Accordingly, we regularly review the performance of
our faculty, including by engaging our full-time ground faculty
and other specialists to conduct peer reviews of our online
faculty, monitoring the amount of contact that faculty have with
students in our online programs, reviewing student feedback, and
evaluating the learning outcomes achieved by students. If we
determine that a faculty member is not performing at the level
that we require, we work with the faculty member to improve
performance, including by assigning him or her a mentor or
through other means. If the faculty members performance
does not improve, we terminate the faculty members
contract or employment.
Student
Support Services
Encouraging students that enter Grand Canyon University to
complete their degree programs is critical to the success of our
business. We focus on developing and providing resources that
support the student educational experience, simplify the student
enrollment process, acclimate students to our programs and our
64
online environment, and track student performance toward degree
completion. Many of our support services, including academic,
administrative, and library services, are accessible online and
are available to our online and ground students, allowing users
to access these services at a time and in a manner that is
generally convenient to them. The student support services we
provide include:
Academic services. We provide students with a
variety of services designed to support their academic studies.
Our Center for Academic and Professional Success offers new
student orientation, academic advising, technical support,
research services, writing services, and other tutoring to all
our online and campus students.
Administrative services. We provide students
with the ability to access a variety of administrative services
both telephonically and via the Internet. For example, students
can register for classes, apply for financial aid, pay their
tuition and access their transcripts online. We believe this
online accessibility provides the convenience and self-service
capabilities that our students value. Our financial aid
counselors provide personalized online and telephonic support to
our students.
Library services. We provide a mix of online
and ground resources, services, and instruction to support the
educational and research endeavors of all students, faculty, and
staff, including ground and online libraries and a qualified
library staff that is available to help faculty and students
with research, teaching, and library resource instruction.
Collectively, our library services satisfy the criteria
established by the Higher Learning Commission and other
accrediting and approving bodies for us to offer undergraduate,
masters and doctoral programs.
Career services. For those students seeking to
change careers or explore new career opportunities, we offer
career services support, including resume review and evaluation,
career planning workshops, and access to career services
specialists for advice and support. Other resources that we
offer include a Job Readiness Program, which advises students on
matters such as people skills, resumes and cover letters, mock
interviews, and business etiquette; a job board, which
advertises employment postings and career exploration
opportunities; career counseling appointments and consultations;
and career fairs.
Technology support services. We provide online
technical support 16 hours per day during the week and
14 hours per day on weekends to help our students remedy
technology-related issues. We also provide online tutorials and
Frequently Asked Questions for students who are new
to online coursework.
Marketing,
Recruitment, and Retention
Marketing. We engage in a range of marketing
activities designed to position us as a provider of academically
rigorous, career-oriented educational programs, build strong
brand recognition in our core disciplines, differentiate us from
other educational providers, raise awareness among prospective
students, generate enrollment inquiries, and stimulate student
and alumni referrals. Our online target market includes working
adults focused on program quality, convenience, and career
advancement goals. Our ground target market includes traditional
college students, working adults seeking a high quality
education in a traditional college setting, and working adults
seeking to take classes with a cohort onsite at their
employers facility. In marketing our programs to
prospective students, we emphasize the value of the educational
experience and the academic rigor and career orientation of the
programs, rather than the cost or speed to graduation. We
believe this approach reinforces the qualities that we want
associated with our brand and also attracts students who tend to
be more persistent in starting and finishing their programs.
We have established dedicated teams, consisting of both
marketing and enrollment personnel, at each of our colleges to
lead our efforts to attract new students. We believe that these
blended groups, organized around each core discipline, promote
more effective internal communication within our sales and
marketing functions, allow deeper penetration within our target
markets due to each teams singular focus on a core
discipline, and enable us to gain a better understanding of the
attributes of our students who ultimately enroll and graduate so
that we can target our marketing and enrollment processes
accordingly.
65
To generate student leads, our marketing and enrollment
personnel employ an integrated marketing approach that utilizes
a variety of lead sources to identify prospective students.
These lead generation sources include:
|
|
|
|
|
Internet and affiliate advertising, which generates the majority
of our leads and which includes purchasing leads from
aggregators and also engaging in targeted, direct email
advertising campaigns, and coordinated campaigns with various
affiliates;
|
|
|
|
search engine optimization techniques, through which we seek to
obtain high placement in search engine results in response to
key topic and word searches and drive traffic to our website;
|
|
|
|
seminar and event marketing, in which our marketing and
enrollment personnel host group events at various venues,
including community colleges, corporations, and hospitals;
|
|
|
|
referrals from existing students, alumni, and employees;
|
|
|
|
a national accounts program that seeks to develop relationships
with employers in our core disciplines, including healthcare
providers, school districts, emergency services providers, and
large corporations, that may be interested in providing
dedicated and customized online and onsite educational
opportunities to their employees, and to encourage senior
executives to participate in executive training
programs; and
|
|
|
|
print and direct mail advertising campaigns, and other public
relations and communications efforts, including promoting our
athletic programs and student and alumni events.
|
Recruitment. Once a prospective student has
indicated an interest in enrolling in one of our programs, our
lead management system identifies and directs an enrollment
counselor to initiate immediate communication. The enrollment
counselor serves as the primary, direct contact for the
prospective student and the counselors goal is to help
that individual gain sufficient knowledge and understanding of
our programs so that he or she can assess whether there is a
good match between our offerings and the prospective
students goals. Upon the prospective students
submission of an application, the enrollment counselor, together
with our student services personnel, works with the applicant to
gain acceptance, arrange financial aid, if needed, register for
courses, and prepare for matriculation.
Our enrollment counselors typically have prior education
industry or sales experience. Each counselor undergoes a
standardized three-week training program that involves both
classroom and supervisor-monitored fieldwork and provides the
counselor with training in financial aid, regulatory
requirements, general sales skills, and our history and
heritage, mission, and academic programs. As of
December 31, 2007, we employed over 300 enrollment
counselors at facilities in Arizona and Utah and have capacity
at our existing locations to support approximately 700
enrollment counselors, which we expect to be sufficient to
handle our growth plans through 2009. We believe we can obtain
additional capacity to accommodate our growth plans beyond 2009
on terms acceptable to us.
Retention. We employ a retention team whose
purpose is to support the student in advancing from
matriculation through graduation. At the end of 2007, our
retention team consisted of 15 retention
specialists, whom, among other things, monitor
triggering events, such as the failure to buy books
for a registered course or to participate in online orientation
exercises, which signal that a student may be at-risk for
dropping out. Upon identifying an at-risk student, specialists
proactively interact with the student to resolve any issues and
encourage the student to continue with his or her program. In
2006, we developed and introduced our concierge
system, which is a software program that monitors and manages
the resolution of student issues, such as financial aid or
technology problems, that, if left unresolved, may lead to
dissatisfaction and lower student persistence. Under this
system, each reported problem is issued a ticket
that is accessible by all functional groups within Grand Canyon
University and remains outstanding until the problem is
resolved. The system directs the ticket to personnel best able
to resolve the problem, and escalates the ticket to higher
levels if not resolved within appropriate time periods. We have
found that personally involving our employees in the student
educational process, and proactively seeking to resolve issues
before they become larger problems, can significantly increase
retention rates among students. The concierge system also
provides our marketing and enrollment personnel with greater
insight into the qualities exhibited by successful students,
which enables our enrollment team to recruit and enroll higher
quality applicants.
66
Admissions
Admission is available to qualified students who are at least
16 years of age. Applicants to our graduate programs must
generally have an undergraduate degree from an accredited
college, university, or program with a grade point average of
2.8 or greater, or a graduate degree from such a college,
university, or program. Undergraduate applicants may qualify in
various ways, including by having a high school diploma and an
unweighted grade point average of 2.25 or greater or a composite
score of 920 or greater on the Scholastic Aptitude Test, or a
passing score of 520 or greater on the General Education
Development (GED) tests. Some of our programs require a higher
grade point average
and/or other
criteria to qualify for admission. In addition, some students
who do not meet the qualifications for admission may be admitted
at our discretion. A student being considered for admission with
specification may be asked to submit additional information such
as personal references and an essay addressing academic history.
Students may also need to schedule an interview to help clarify
academic goals and help us make an informed decision.
Enrollment
At the end of 2007, we had 14,754 students enrolled in our
courses, of which 12,497, or 84.7%, were enrolled in our online
programs, and 2,257, or 15.3%, were enrolled in our ground
programs. Of our online students, which were geographically
distributed throughout all 50 states of the United States, and
Canada, 92.7% were age 25 or older. Of our ground students,
which, although we draw students from throughout the United
States, were predominantly comprised of students from Arizona,
63.2% were age 25 or older.
The following is a summary of our student enrollment at the end
of 2007 (which included less than 100 students pursuing
non-degree certificates) by degree type and by instructional
delivery method:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# of Students
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
Masters
|
|
|
9,156
|
|
|
|
62
|
.1
|
Bachelors
|
|
|
5,598
|
|
|
|
37
|
.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
14,754
|
|
|
|
100
|
.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# of Students
|
|
|
% of Total
|
Online
|
|
|
12,497
|
|
|
|
84
|
.7
|
Ground*
|
|
|
2,257
|
|
|
|
15
|
.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
14,754
|
|
|
|
100
|
.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Includes our traditional on-campus
students, as well as our professional studies ground students.
|
Tuition
and Fees
Our tuition rates vary by type and length of program and by
degree level. For all graduate and undergraduate programs,
tuition is determined by the number of courses taken by each
student. For our
2008-09
academic year (the academic year that begins in May 2008), our
prices per credit hour will be $395 for undergraduate online and
professional studies courses, $420 for graduate online courses
(other than graduate nursing), $510 for graduate online nursing
courses, and $645 for undergraduate courses for ground students.
The overall price of each course varies based upon the number of
credit hours per course (with most courses representing three
credit hours), the degree level of the program, and the
discipline of the course. In addition, we charge a fixed $7,740
block tuition for undergraduate ground students
taking between 12 and 18 credit hours per semester, with an
additional $645 per credit hour for credits in excess of 18. A
traditional undergraduate degree typically requires a minimum of
120 credit hours. The minimum number of credit hours required
for a masters degree and overall cost for such a degree
varies by program although such programs typically require
approximately 36 credit hours. We expect our new doctoral
program in education, which is first being offered in the
2008-09 academic year, to cost $770 per credit hour and require
approximately 60 credit hours.
67
We offer tuition scholarships to select students, including
online students, athletes, employees, and participants in
programs we offer through relationships with employers. For the
years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, we offered tuition
scholarships representing a total value of approximately
$8.2 million and $10.3 million, respectively, over the
same periods.
We have established a refund policy for tuition and fees based
upon semester start dates. If a student drops or withdraws from
a course during the first week of the semester, 100% of the
charges for tuition and fees are refunded, while during the
second and third weeks of a semester 75% and 50%, respectively,
of the tuition charges are refunded but none of the fees.
Following the third week of the semester, tuition and fees are
not refunded. Fees charged by us include application and
graduation fees of $100 and $150, respectively, as well as fees
for dropping or withdrawing from courses after the beginning of
the semester. This tuition and fees refund policy is different
from, and applies in addition to, the return of Title IV
funds policy we are required to use as a condition of our
participation in the Title IV programs.
Sources
of Student Financing
Our students finance their education through a combination of
methods, as follows:
Title IV programs. The federal government
provides for grants and loans to students under the
Title IV programs, and students can use those funds at any
institution that has been certified as eligible by the
Department of Education. Student financial aid under the
Title IV programs is primarily awarded on the basis of a
students financial need, which is generally defined as the
difference between the cost of attending the institution and the
amount the student and the students family can reasonably
contribute to that cost. All students receiving Title IV
program funds must maintain satisfactory academic progress
toward completion of their program of study. In addition, each
school must ensure that Title IV program funds are properly
accounted for and disbursed in the correct amounts to eligible
students.
During fiscal 2007, we derived approximately 74.0% of our
revenue (calculated on a cash basis in accordance with
Department of Education standards) from tuition financed under
the Title IV programs. The primary Title IV programs
that our students receive funding from are the Federal Family
Education Loan, or FFEL, Program, and the Federal Pell Grant, or
Pell, Program, which are described below:
|
|
|
|
|
FFEL. Under the FFEL Program, banks and other
lending institutions make loans to students. The FFEL Program
includes the Federal Stafford Loan Program, the Federal PLUS
Program (which provides loans to graduate and professional
studies students as well as parents of dependent undergraduate
students), and the Federal Consolidation Loan Program. If a
student defaults on an FFEL loan, payment to the lender is
guaranteed by a federally recognized guaranty agency, which is
then reimbursed by the Department of Education. Students who
demonstrate financial need may qualify for a subsidized Stafford
loan. With a subsidized Stafford loan, the federal government
pays the interest on the loan while the student is in school and
during grace periods and any approved periods of deferment,
until the students obligation to repay the loan begins.
Unsubsidized Stafford loans are not based on financial need, and
are available to students who do not qualify for a subsidized
Stafford loan or, in some cases, in addition to a subsidized
Stafford loan. Loan funds are disbursed to us, and we in turn
disburse the amounts in excess of tuition and fees to students.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective July 1, 2007, under the Federal Stafford Loan
Program, a dependent undergraduate student may borrow up to
$3,500 for the first academic year, $4,500 for the second
academic year, and $5,500 for each of the third and fourth
academic years. Students who are classified as independent can
obtain up to an additional $4,000 for each of the first and
second academic years and an additional $5,000 for each of the
third and fourth academic years. Students enrolled in graduate
programs can borrow up to $20,500 per academic year. Students
enrolled in certain graduate-level health programs can receive
an additional $12,500 per academic year. Effective July 1,
2008, the annual loan limits for most undergraduate students
were increased by $2,000.
|
68
|
|
|
|
|
Pell. Under the Pell Program, the Department
of Education makes grants to undergraduate students who
demonstrate financial need. Effective July 1, 2007, the
maximum annual grant a student can receive under the Pell
Program is $4,310, and effective July 1, 2008 that maximum
will increase to $4,731.
|
Our students also receive funding under other Title IV
programs, including the Federal Perkins Loan Program, the
Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant Program, the
Federal Work-Study Program, the National Science and Mathematics
Access to Retain Talent Grant Program, and the Academic
Competitiveness Grant Program.
Other financial aid programs. In addition to
the Title IV programs listed above, eligible students may
participate in several other financial aid programs or receive
support from other governmental sources. These include veterans
educational benefits administered by the U.S. Department of
Veterans Affairs and state financial aid programs. During fiscal
2007, we derived an immaterial amount of our net revenue from
tuition financed by such programs.
Private loans. Some of our students also use
private loan programs to help finance their education. Students
can apply to a number of different lenders for private loans at
current market interest rates. Private loans are intended to
fund a portion of students cost of education not covered
by the Title IV programs and other financial aid. During
fiscal 2007, payments derived from private loans constituted
approximately 5.0% of our cash revenue. Third-party lenders
independently determine whether a loan to a student is
classified as subprime, and, based on these determinations,
payments to us derived from subprime loans constituted
approximately 0.2% of our cash revenue.
Other sources. We derived the remainder of our
net revenue from tuition that is self-funded or attributable to
employer tuition reimbursements.
Technology
Systems and Management
We believe that we have established a secure, reliable, scalable
technology system that provides a high quality online
educational environmental and gives us the capability to
substantially grow our online programs and enrollment.
Online course delivery and management. In
2007, we implemented the ANGEL Learning Management Suite, which
is a web-based system and collaboration portal that stores,
manages, and delivers course content; provides interactive
communication between students and faculty; enables assignment
uploading; and supplies online evaluation tools. The system also
provides centralized administration features that support the
implementation of policies for content format and in-classroom
learning tools. We continually seek to develop and implement
features that enhance the online classroom experience, such as
delivering course content through streaming video, which we
expect to begin for selected courses in the fall of 2008.
Internal administration. We utilize a
commercial customer relations management package to distribute,
manage, track, and report on all prospective student leads
developed, both internally and externally. We also utilize a
commercial software package to track Title IV funds,
student records, grades, accounts receivable, and accounts
payable. Each of these packages is scalable to capacity levels
well in excess of current requirements.
Infrastructure. We operate two data centers,
one at our campus and one at a third party co-location facility.
All of our servers are networked and we have redundant data
backup. We manage our technology environment internally. Our
wide area network uses multi-protocol label switching technology
for maximum availability and flexibility. Student access is
provided through redundant data carriers in both data centers
and is load balanced for maximum performance. Real-time
monitoring provides current system status across server,
network, and storage components.
69
Ground
Campus
Our ground campus is located on approximately 90 acres in
the center of the Phoenix, Arizona metropolitan area, near
downtown Phoenix. Our campus facilities currently consist of 43
buildings with more than 500,000 square feet of space,
which include 63 classrooms, three lecture halls, a 500-seat
theater, three student computer labs with 150 computers that are
available to students 18 hours per day, a 68,000-volume
physical library, and a media arts complex that provides
communications students with audio and video equipment. We house
our ground students in on-campus student apartments and
dormitories that can collectively hold up to 800 students.
We have 18 athletic teams that compete in Division II of
the National Collegiate Athletic Association. Our athletic
facilities include two gymnasiums, which accommodate basketball,
volleyball, and wrestling, as well as facilities for our
baseball, softball, tennis, lacrosse, and swimming programs. Our
baseball program has produced more than ten Major League
Baseball players.
We believe our ground-based programs and traditional campus not
only offers our ground students, faculty, and staff an
opportunity to participate in a traditional college experience,
but also provides our online students, faculty, and staff with a
sense of connection to a traditional university. Additionally,
our full-time ground faculty play an important role in
integrating online faculty into our academic programs and
ensuring the overall consistency and quality of the ground and
online student experience. We believe our mix of a rapidly
growing online program, anchored by a traditional ground-based
program with a nearly
60-year
history and heritage, differentiates us from most other
for-profit postsecondary education providers.
Employees
In addition to our faculty, as of December 31, 2007, we
employed 702 staff and administrative personnel in university
services, academic advising and academic support, enrollment
services, university administration, financial aid, information
technology, human resources, corporate accounting, finance, and
other administrative functions. None of our employees is a party
to any collective bargaining or similar agreement with us. We
consider our relationships with our employees to be good.
Competition
There are more than 4,000 U.S. colleges and universities
serving traditional and adult students. Competition is highly
fragmented and varies by geography, program offerings, modality,
ownership, quality level, and selectivity of admissions. No one
institution has a significant share of the total postsecondary
market.
Our ground program competes with Arizona State University,
Northern Arizona University, and the University of Arizona, the
in-state public universities, as well as two-year colleges
within the state community college system. To a limited extent,
our ground program also competes with geographically proximate
universities with similar religious heritages, including Azusa
Pacific University, Baylor University, and Seattle Pacific
University. Our online programs compete with local, traditional
universities geographically located near each of our prospective
students, and with other for-profit postsecondary schools that
offer online degrees, particularly those schools that offer
online graduate programs within our core disciplines, including
Capella University, University of Phoenix, and Walden University.
Non-profit institutions receive substantial government
subsidies, and have access to government and foundation grants,
tax-deductible contributions and other financial resources
generally not available to
for-profit
schools. Accordingly, non-profit institutions may have
instructional and support resources that are superior to those
in the for-profit sector. In addition, some of our competitors,
including both traditional colleges and universities and other
for-profit schools, have substantially greater name recognition
and financial and other resources than we have, which may enable
them to compete more effectively for potential students. We also
expect to face increased competition as a result of new entrants
to the online education market, including established colleges
and universities that had not previously offered online
education programs.
70
We believe that the competitive factors in the postsecondary
education market include:
|
|
|
|
|
availability of career-oriented and accredited program offerings;
|
|
|
|
the types of degrees offered and marketability of those degrees;
|
|
|
|
reputation, regulatory approvals, and compliance history of the
school;
|
|
|
|
convenient, flexible and dependable access to programs and
classes;
|
|
|
|
qualified and experienced faculty;
|
|
|
|
level of student support services;
|
|
|
|
cost of the program;
|
|
|
|
marketing and selling effectiveness; and
|
|
|
|
the time necessary to earn a degree.
|
Property
Our ground campus occupies approximately 90 acres in
Phoenix, Arizona. We lease the campus under a lease that expires
in 2024. Renewal terms under this lease allow for us to extend
the current lease for up to four additional five-year terms. We
also lease two additional enrollment facilities, one in Utah and
one in Arizona. We believe our existing facilities are adequate
for current requirements and that additional space can be
obtained on commercially reasonable terms to meet future
requirements.
Intellectual
Property
We rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, service
marks, trade secrets, domain names and agreements with third
parties to protect our proprietary rights. In many instances,
our course content is produced for us by faculty and other
subject matter experts under work for hire agreements pursuant
to which we own the course content in return for a fixed
development fee. In certain limited cases, we license course
content from a third party on a royalty fee basis.
We are parties to an exclusive license agreement with Blanchard
Education, LLC pursuant to which we license the right to name
our business school The Ken Blanchard College of
Business and to use the name of Ken Blanchard to promote
our business school and business degree programs. In return, we
pay royalties to the licensor equal to a fixed percentage of our
net tuition received in respect of our upper level business
courses. The agreement expires in June 2011, and is
automatically renewable for an additional five years unless
terminated by either party within six months prior to such
expiration date.
We rely on trademark and service mark protections in the United
States for our name and distinctive logos, along with various
other trademarks and service marks related to our specific
offerings. We also own domain name rights to
www.gcu.edu, as well as other words and
phrases important to our business.
Legal
Proceedings
On February 28, 2007, we filed a complaint against SunGard
Higher Education Managed Services, Inc. in the Maricopa County
Superior Court, Case
No. CV2007-003492,
for breach of contract, breach of implied covenant of good faith
and fair dealing, breach of warranty, breach of fiduciary duty,
tortious interference with business expectancy, unjust
enrichment, and consumer fraud related to a technology services
agreement between the parties. In response, SunGard moved to
stay the litigation and compel arbitration. The court granted
the motion to stay, and compelled the parties to arbitrate.
SunGard has also counterclaimed alleging breach of contract
relating to the parties technology services agreement.
Various other motions have been made and heard, discovery is
ongoing, and arbitration is scheduled to commence in late May
2008. We are seeking approximately $1.4 million from
SunGard, and SunGard has counterclaimed for approximately
$1.7 million.
From time to time, we are a party to various other lawsuits,
claims, and other legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary
course of our business. We are not at this time a party, as
plaintiff or defendant, to any legal proceedings which,
individually or in the aggregate, would be expected to have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or
results of operation.
71
REGULATION
We are subject to extensive regulation by state education
agencies, accrediting commissions, and the federal government
through the Department of Education under the Higher Education
Act. The regulations, standards, and policies of these agencies
cover the vast majority of our operations, including our
educational programs, facilities, instructional and
administrative staff, administrative procedures, marketing,
recruiting, financial operations, and financial condition.
As an institution of higher education that grants degrees and
certificates, we are required to be authorized by appropriate
state education authorities. In addition, in order to
participate in the federal programs of student financial
assistance for our students, we must be accredited by an
accrediting commission recognized by the Department of
Education. Accreditation is a non-governmental process through
which an institution submits to qualitative review by an
organization of peer institutions, based on the standards of the
accrediting commission and the stated aims and purposes of the
institution. The Higher Education Act requires accrediting
commissions recognized by the Department of Education to review
and monitor many aspects of an institutions operations and
to take appropriate action if the institution fails to meet the
accrediting commissions standards.
Our operations are also subject to regulation by the Department
of Education due to our participation in federal student
financial aid programs under Title IV of the Higher
Education Act, which we refer to in this prospectus as the
Title IV programs. The Title IV programs include
educational loans with below-market interest rates that are
guaranteed by the federal government in the event of a
students default on repaying the loan, and also grant
programs for students with demonstrated financial need. To
participate in the Title IV programs, a school must receive
and maintain authorization by the appropriate state education
agency or agencies, be accredited by an accrediting commission
recognized by the Department of Education, and be certified as
an eligible institution by the Department of Education.
Our business activities are planned and implemented to comply
with the standards of these regulatory agencies. We employ a
full-time director of compliance who is knowledgeable about
regulatory matters relevant to student financial aid programs
and our chief financial officer and general counsel also provide
oversight designed to ensure that we meet the requirements of
our regulated operating environment.
State
Education Licensure and Regulation
We are authorized to offer our programs by the Arizona State
Board for Private Postsecondary Education, the regulatory agency
governing private postsecondary educational institutions in the
state of Arizona, where we are located. We do not presently have
campuses in any states other than Arizona. We are required by
the Higher Education Act to maintain authorization from the
Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education in order
to participate in the Title IV programs. This authorization
is very important to us and our business. To maintain our state
authorization, we must continuously meet standards relating to,
among other things, educational programs, facilities,
instructional and administrative staff, marketing and
recruitment, financial operations, addition of new locations and
educational programs, and various operational and administrative
procedures. Failure to comply with the requirements of the
Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education could
result in us losing our authorization to offer our educational
programs, which would cause us to lose our eligibility to
participate in the Title IV programs and which, in turn,
could force us to cease operations. Alternatively, the Arizona
State Board for Private Postsecondary Education could restrict
our ability to offer certain degree programs.
Most other states impose regulatory requirements on out-of-state
educational institutions operating within their boundaries, such
as those having a physical facility or recruiting students
within the state. State laws establish standards in areas such
as instruction, qualifications of faculty, administrative
procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial operations, and
other operational matters, some of which are different than the
standards prescribed by the Department of Education or the
Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education. Laws in
some states limit schools ability to offer educational
programs and award degrees to residents of those states. Some
states also prescribe financial regulations that are different
from those of the Department of Education, and many require the
posting of surety bonds.
72
In addition, several states have sought to assert jurisdiction
over educational institutions offering online degree programs
that have no physical location or other presence in the state
but that have some activity in the state, such as enrolling or
offering educational services to students who reside in the
state, employing faculty who reside in the state, or advertising
to or recruiting prospective students in the state. State
regulatory requirements for online education vary among the
states, are not well developed in many states, are imprecise or
unclear in some states, and can change frequently. New laws,
regulations, or interpretations related to doing business over
the Internet could increase our cost of doing business and
affect our ability to recruit students in particular states,
which could, in turn, negatively affect enrollments and revenues
and have a material adverse effect on our business.
In addition to Arizona, we have determined that our activities
in certain states constitute a presence requiring licensure or
authorization under the requirements of the state education
agency in those states. In other states, we have obtained
approvals as we have determined necessary in connection with our
marketing and recruiting activities. We review the licensure
requirements of other states when appropriate to determine
whether our activities in those states constitute a presence or
otherwise require licensure or authorization by the respective
state education agencies. Because we enroll students from all
50 states and the District of Columbia, we expect we will
have to seek licensure or authorization in additional states in
the future. If we fail to comply with state licensing or
authorization requirements for a state, or fail to obtain
licenses or authorizations when required, we could lose our
state licensure or authorization by that state or be subject to
other sanctions, including restrictions on our activities in
that state, fines, and penalties. The loss of licensure or
authorization in a state other than Arizona could prohibit us
from recruiting prospective students or offering services to
current students in that state, which could significantly reduce
our enrollments.
State
Professional Licensure
Many states have specific requirements that an individual must
satisfy in order to be licensed as a professional in specified
fields, including fields such as education and healthcare. These
requirements vary by state and by field. A students
success in obtaining licensure following graduation typically
depends on several factors, including the background and
qualifications of the individual graduate, as well as the
following factors, among others:
|
|
|
|
|
whether the institution and the program were approved by the
state in which the graduate seeks licensure, or by a
professional association;
|
|
|
|
whether the program from which the student graduated meets all
requirements for professional licensure in that state;
|
|
|
|
whether the institution and the program are accredited and, if
so, by what accrediting commissions; and
|
|
|
|
whether the institutions degrees are recognized by other
states in which a student may seek to work.
|
Many states also require that graduates pass a state test or
examination as a prerequisite to becoming certified in certain
fields, such as teaching and nursing. Many states will certify
individuals if they have already been certified in another state.
Our College of Education is approved by the Arizona State Board
of Education to offer Institutional Recommendations
(credentials) for the certification of elementary, secondary,
and special education teachers and school administrators. Our
College of Nursing and Health Services is approved by the
Arizona State Board of Nursing for the Bachelor of Science in
Nursing and Master of Science Nursing degrees. Due
to varying requirements for professional licensure in each
state, we inform students of the risks associated with obtaining
professional licensure and that it is each students
responsibility to determine what state, local, or professional
licensure and certification requirements are necessary in his or
her individual state.
73
Accreditation
We have been institutionally accredited since 1968 by the Higher
Learning Commission and its predecessor, each a regional
accrediting commission recognized by the Department of
Education. Our accreditation was reaffirmed in 2007 as part of a
regularly scheduled reaffirmation process. Accreditation is a
private, non-governmental process for evaluating the quality of
educational institutions and their programs in areas including
student performance, governance, integrity, educational quality,
faculty, physical resources, administrative capability and
resources, and financial stability. To be recognized by the
Department of Education, accrediting commissions must adopt
specific standards for their review of educational institutions,
conduct peer-review evaluations of institutions, and publicly
designate those institutions that meet their criteria. An
accredited school is subject to periodic review by its
accrediting commissions to determine whether it continues to
meet the performance, integrity and quality required for
accreditation.
There are six regional accrediting commissions recognized by the
Department of Education, each with a specified geographic scope
of coverage, which together cover the entire United States. Most
traditional, public and private non-profit, degree-granting
colleges and universities are accredited by one of these six
regional accrediting commissions. The Higher Learning
Commission, which accredits Grand Canyon University, is the same
regional accrediting commission that accredits such universities
as the University of Arizona, Arizona State University, and
other degree-granting public and private colleges and
universities in the states of Arizona, Arkansas, Colorado,
Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri,
Nebraska, New Mexico, North Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, South
Dakota, West Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming.
Accreditation by the Higher Learning Commission is important to
us for several reasons, including the fact that it enables our
students to receive Title IV financial aid. Other colleges
and universities depend, in part, on an institutions
accreditation in evaluating transfers of credit and applications
to graduate schools. Employers rely on the accredited status of
institutions when evaluating candidates credentials, and
students and corporate and government sponsors under tuition
reimbursement programs look to accreditation for assurance that
an institution maintains quality educational standards. If we
fail to satisfy the standards of the Higher Learning Commission,
we could lose our accreditation by that agency, which would
cause us to lose our eligibility to participate in the
Title IV programs.
In addition to institution-wide accreditation, there are
numerous specialized accrediting commissions that accredit
specific programs or schools within their jurisdiction, many of
which are in healthcare and professional fields. Accreditation
of specific programs by one of these specialized accrediting
commissions signifies that those programs have met the
additional standards of those agencies. In addition to being
accredited by the Higher Learning Commission, we also have the
following specialized accreditations:
|
|
|
|
|
The Association of Collegiate Business Schools and Programs
accredits our Master of Business Administration degree program
and our Bachelor of Science degree programs in Accounting,
Business Administration, and Marketing;
|
|
|
|
The Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education accredits our
Bachelor of Science in Nursing and Master of Science
Nursing degree programs; and
|
|
|
|
The Commission on Accreditation of Athletic Training Education
accredits our Athletic Training Program.
|
If we fail to satisfy the standards of any of these specialized
accrediting commissions, we could lose the specialized
accreditation for the affected programs, which could result in
materially reduced student enrollments in those programs.
Regulation
of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs
To be eligible to participate in the Title IV programs, an
institution must comply with specific requirements contained in
the Higher Education Act and the regulations issued thereunder
by the Department of Education. An institution must, among other
things, be licensed or authorized to offer its educational
programs by the state in which it is physically located (in our
case, Arizona) and maintain institutional
74
accreditation by an accrediting commission recognized by the
Department of Education. We are currently certified to
participate in the Title IV programs through June 30,
2008.
The substantial amount of federal funds disbursed to schools
through the Title IV programs, the large number of students
and institutions participating in these programs, and
allegations of fraud and abuse by certain for-profit educational
institutions have caused Congress to require the Department of
Education to exercise considerable regulatory oversight over
for-profit educational institutions. As a result, our
institution is subject to extensive oversight and review.
Because the Department of Education periodically revises its
regulations and changes its interpretations of existing laws and
regulations, we cannot predict with certainty how the
Title IV program requirements will be applied in all
circumstances.
Significant factors relating to the Title IV programs that
could adversely affect us include the following:
Congressional action. Congress must
reauthorize the Higher Education Act on a periodic basis,
usually every five to six years. Congress most recent
comprehensive reauthorization of the Higher Education Act was in
1998, and it has been temporarily extended several times since
then. Congress is currently considering a comprehensive
reauthorization of the Higher Education Act and is expected to
complete that process in 2008. In addition, in 2007 Congress
enacted legislation that reduces interest rates on certain
Title IV loans and government subsidies to lenders that
participate in the Title IV programs. In May 2008, Congress
enacted additional legislation to attempt to ensure that all
eligible students will be able to obtain Title IV loans in
the future, and that a sufficient number of lenders will
continue to provide Title IV loans. Additional legislation
is also pending in Congress. We are not in a position to predict
with certainty whether any of the pending legislation will be
enacted. The elimination of certain Title IV programs,
material changes in the requirements for participation in such
programs, or the substitution of materially different programs
could increase our costs of compliance and could reduce the
ability of some students to finance their education at our
institution.
In addition, Congress must determine the funding levels for the
Title IV programs on an annual basis through the budget and
appropriations process. A reduction in federal funding levels
for the Title IV programs could reduce the ability of some
of our students to finance their education. The loss of or a
significant reduction in Title IV program funds available
to our students could reduce our enrollments and revenue.
Eligibility and certification procedures. Each
institution must apply periodically to the Department of
Education for continued certification to participate in the
Title IV programs. Such recertification generally is
required every six years, but may be required earlier, including
when an institution undergoes a change in control. An
institution may also come under the Department of
Educations review when it expands its activities in
certain ways, such as opening an additional location, adding a
new educational program or modifying the academic credentials it
offers. The Department of Education may place an institution on
provisional certification status if it finds that the
institution does not fully satisfy all of the eligibility and
certification standards and in certain other circumstances, such
as when an institution is certified for the first time or
undergoes a change in control. During the period of provisional
certification, the institution must comply with any additional
conditions included in the schools program participation
agreement with the Department of Education. In addition, the
Department of Education may more closely review an institution
that is provisionally certified if it applies for
recertification or approval to open a new location, add an
educational program, acquire another school, or make any other
significant change. If the Department of Education determines
that a provisionally certified institution is unable to meet its
responsibilities under its program participation agreement, it
may seek to revoke the institutions certification to
participate in the Title IV programs without advance notice
or opportunity for the institution to challenge the action.
Students attending provisionally certified institutions remain
eligible to receive Title IV program funds.
We are currently certified to participate in the Title IV
programs through June 30, 2008, on a provisional basis. The
Department of Education issued our current program participation
agreement in May 2005, after an extended review following the
change in control that occurred in February 2004. In the May
2005 recertification, the Department of Education imposed
certain conditions on us, including a requirement that we post a
letter of credit, accept restrictions on the growth of our
program offerings and enrollment, and receive certain
Title IV funds under the heightened cash monitoring system
of payment (pursuant to which an institution is required to
credit students with Title IV funds prior to obtaining
those funds from the Department
75
of Education) rather than by advance payment (pursuant to which
an institution receives Title IV funds from the Department
of Education in advance of disbursement to students). In October
2006, the Department of Education eliminated the letter of
credit requirement and allowed the growth restrictions to
expire, and in August 2007, it eliminated the heightened cash
monitoring restrictions and returned us to the advance payment
method. However, we remain certified on a provisional basis. Our
current certification extends to June 30, 2008, and we
submitted our application for recertification in March 2008,
which remains pending. If the Department of Education does not
make a decision on our recertification application on or before
June 30, 2008, our provisional certification status will be
extended on a month-to-month basis. There can be no assurance
that the Department of Education will recertify us, or that it
will not impose restrictions as a condition of approving our
pending recertification application or with respect to any
future recertification.
Administrative capability. Department of
Education regulations specify extensive criteria by which an
institution must establish that it has the requisite
administrative capability to participate in the
Title IV programs. To meet the administrative capability
standards, an institution must, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
comply with all applicable Title IV program requirements;
|
|
|
|
have an adequate number of qualified personnel to administer the
Title IV programs;
|
|
|
|
have acceptable standards for measuring the satisfactory
academic progress of its students;
|
|
|
|
not have student loan cohort default rates above specified
levels;
|
|
|
|
have various procedures in place for awarding, disbursing and
safeguarding Title IV funds and for maintaining required
records;
|
|
|
|
administer the Title IV programs with adequate checks and
balances in its system of internal controls;
|
|
|
|
not be, and not have any principal or affiliate who is, debarred
or suspended from federal contracting or engaging in activity
that is cause for debarment or suspension;
|
|
|
|
provide financial aid counseling to its students;
|
|
|
|
refer to the Department of Educations Office of Inspector
General any credible information indicating that any student,
parent, employee, third-party servicer or other agent of the
institution has engaged in any fraud or other illegal conduct
involving the Title IV programs;
|
|
|
|
submit all required reports and financial statements in a timely
manner; and
|
|
|
|
not otherwise appear to lack administrative capability.
|
If an institution fails to satisfy any of these criteria, the
Department of Education may:
|
|
|
|
|
require the institution to repay Title IV funds its
students previously received;
|
|
|
|
transfer the institution from the advance method of payment of
Title IV funds to heightened cash monitoring status or the
reimbursement system of payment;
|
|
|
|
place the institution on provisional certification
status; or
|
|
|
|
commence a proceeding to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or
terminate the institutions participation in the
Title IV programs.
|
If we are found not to have satisfied the Department of
Educations administrative capability requirements, our
students could lose, or be limited in their access to,
Title IV program funding.
Financial responsibility. The Higher Education
Act and Department of Education regulations establish extensive
standards of financial responsibility that institutions such as
Grand Canyon University must satisfy in order to participate in
the Title IV programs. The Department of Education
evaluates institutions for compliance with these standards on an
annual basis, based on the institutions annual audited
financial statements, as well as when the institution applies to
the Department of Education to have its eligibility to
76
participate in the Title IV programs recertified. The most
significant financial responsibility standard is the
institutions composite score, which is derived from a
formula established by the Department of Education based on
three financial ratios:
|
|
|
|
|
equity ratio, which measures the institutions capital
resources, financial viability and ability to borrow;
|
|
|
|
primary reserve ratio, which measures the institutions
ability to support current operations from expendable
resources; and
|
|
|
|
net income ratio, which measures the institutions ability
to operate at a profit or within its means.
|
The Department of Education assigns a strength factor to the
results of each of these ratios on a scale from negative 1.0 to
positive 3.0, with negative 1.0 reflecting financial weakness
and positive 3.0 reflecting financial strength. The Department
of Education then assigns a weighting percentage to each ratio
and adds the weighted scores for the three ratios together to
produce a composite score for the institution. The composite
score must be at least 1.5 for the institution to be deemed
financially responsible without the need for further Department
of Education oversight. In addition to having an acceptable
composite score, an institution must, among other things,
provide the administrative resources necessary to comply with
Title IV program requirements, meet all of its financial
obligations including required refunds to students and any
Title IV liabilities and debts, be current in its debt
payments, and not receive an adverse, qualified, or disclaimed
opinion by its accountants in its audited financial statements.
When we were recertified by the Department of Education in 2005
to continue participating in the Title IV programs, the
Department of Education advised us that we did not satisfy its
standards of financial responsibility, based on our fiscal year
2004 financial statements, as submitted to the Department of
Education. As a result of this and other concerns about our
administrative capability, the Department of Education required
us to post a letter of credit, accept restrictions on the growth
of our program offerings and enrollment, and receive
Title IV funds under the heightened cash monitoring system
of payment rather than by advance payment. In October 2006, the
Department of Education eliminated the letter of credit
requirement and allowed the growth restrictions to expire, based
upon its review of our fiscal year 2005 financial statements. We
subsequently submitted our fiscal year 2006 financial statements
to the Department of Education as required, and we calculated
that our composite score for that year exceeded 1.5.
We have applied the Department of Educations financial
responsibility standards using the financial information
included in our audited financial statements for the year ended
December 31, 2007 included herein, and expect that our
composite score for that year will also exceed 1.5. We
therefore believe that we meet the Department of
Educations financial responsibility standards for our most
recently completed fiscal year. If the Department of Education
were to determine that we did not meet the financial
responsibility standards due to a failure to meet the composite
score or other factors, we would expect to be able to establish
financial responsibility on an alternative basis permitted by
the Department of Education, which could include, in the
Departments discretion, posting a letter of credit,
accepting provisional certification, complying with additional
Department of Education monitoring requirements, agreeing to
receive Title IV program funds under an arrangement other
than the Department of Educations standard advance funding
arrangement, such as the reimbursement system of payment or
heightened cash monitoring,
and/or
complying with or accepting other limitations on our ability to
increase the number of programs we offer or the number of
students we enroll.
The requirement to post a letter of credit or other sanctions
imposed by the Department of Education could increase our cost
of regulatory compliance and adversely affect our cash flows. If
we are unable to meet the minimum composite score or comply with
the other standards of financial responsibility, and could not
post a required letter of credit or comply with the alternative
bases for establishing financial responsibility, our students
could lose their access to Title IV program funding.
Return of Title IV funds for students who
withdraw. When a student who has received
Title IV funds withdraws from school, the institution must
determine the amount of Title IV program funds the student
has earned. If the student withdraws during the
first 60% of any period of enrollment or payment period, the
77
amount of Title IV program funds that the student has
earned is equal to a pro rata portion of the funds the student
received or for which the student would otherwise be eligible.
If the student withdraws after the 60% threshold, then the
student is deemed to have earned 100% of the Title IV
program funds he or she received. The institution must then
return the unearned Title IV program funds to the
appropriate lender or the Department of Education in a timely
manner, which is generally no later than 45 days after the
date the institution determined that the student withdrew. If
such payments are not timely made, the institution will be
required to submit a letter of credit to the Department of
Education equal to 25% of the Title IV funds that the
institution should have returned for withdrawn students in its
most recently completed fiscal year. Under Department of
Education regulations, late returns of Title IV program
funds for 5% or more of the withdrawn students in the audit
sample in the institutions annual Title IV compliance
audit for either of the institutions two most recent
fiscal years or in a Department of Education program review
triggers this letter of credit requirement. We did not exceed
this 5% threshold in our annual Title IV compliance audit
for either of our two most recent fiscal years.
The 90/10 Rule. A requirement of
the Higher Education Act commonly referred to as the 90/10
Rule provides that an institution loses its eligibility to
participate in the Title IV programs, if, under a complex
regulatory formula that requires cash basis accounting and other
adjustments to the calculation of revenue, the institution
derives more than 90% of its revenues for any fiscal year from
Title IV program funds. This rule applies only to
for-profit postsecondary educational institutions, including us.
Any institution that violates the rule becomes ineligible to
participate in the Title IV programs as of the first day of
the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which it exceeds
the 90% threshold, and it is unable to apply to regain its
eligibility until the next fiscal year. If an institution
exceeds the 90% threshold for a fiscal year and it and its
students have received Title IV funds for the next fiscal
year, it will be required to return those funds to the
applicable lender or the Department of Education. Using the
Department of Educations formula under the 90/10
Rule, for our 2006 and 2007 fiscal years we derived
approximately 71.5 % and 74.0%, respectively, of our revenues
(calculated on a cash basis) from Title IV program funds.
Recent changes in federal law that increased Title IV grant
and loan limits, and possible additional increases in the
future, may result in an increase in the revenues we receive
from the Title IV programs, which could make it more
difficult for us to satisfy the 90/10 Rule.
Student loan defaults. Under the Higher
Education Act, an educational institution may lose its
eligibility to participate in some or all of the Title IV
programs if defaults by its students on the repayment of their
FFEL student loans exceed certain levels. For each federal
fiscal year, the Department of Education calculates a rate of
student defaults for each institution (known as a cohort
default rate). An institutions FFEL cohort default
rate for a federal fiscal year is calculated by determining the
rate at which borrowers who became subject to their repayment
obligation in that federal fiscal year defaulted by the end of
the following federal fiscal year.
If the Department of Education notifies an institution that its
FFEL cohort default rates for each of the three most recent
federal fiscal years are 25% or greater, the institutions
participation in the FFEL program and Pell program ends
30 days after that notification, unless the institution
appeals that determination in a timely manner on specified
grounds and according to specified procedures. In addition, an
institutions participation in the FFEL program ends
30 days after notification by the Department of Education
that its most recent FFEL cohort default rate is greater than
40%, unless the institution timely appeals that determination on
specified grounds and according to specified procedures. An
institution whose participation ends under either of these
provisions may not participate in the relevant programs for the
remainder of the fiscal year in which the institution receives
the notification and for the next two fiscal years.
If an institutions FFEL cohort default rate equals or
exceeds 25% in any single year, the institution may be placed on
provisional certification status. Provisional certification does
not limit an institutions access to Title IV program
funds, but an institution on provisional status is subject to
closer review by the Department of Education if it applies for
recertification or approval to open a new location, add an
educational program, acquire another school, or make any other
significant change, and the Department of Education may revoke
such institutions certification without advance notice if
it determines that the institution is not fulfilling material
Title IV program requirements. Our cohort default rates on
FFEL program loans for the 2005, 2004
78
and 2003 federal fiscal years, the three most recent years for
which such rates have been calculated, were 1.8%, 1.4%, and
1.2%, respectively. The FFEL cohort default rates for federal
fiscal year 2006 are expected to be released by the Department
of Education in September 2008, but the Department of Education
advised us in February 2008 that our draft FFEL cohort default
rate for federal fiscal year 2006 was 1.6%. Congress is
considering legislation that would extend the period for
including student defaults in an institutions default rate
by one additional year, which if enacted is expected to increase
the student loan default rates for most institutions.
Incentive compensation rule. An institution
that participates in the Title IV programs may not provide
any commission, bonus, or other incentive payment based directly
or indirectly on success in securing enrollments or financial
aid to any person or entity engaged in any student recruitment,
admissions, or financial aid awarding activity. The Department
of Educations regulations set forth 12 safe
harbors, which describe payments and arrangements that do
not violate the incentive compensation rule, but the law and
regulations governing this requirement do not establish clear
criteria for compliance in all circumstances. The restrictions
of the incentive compensation rule also extend to any
third-party companies that an educational institution contracts
with for student recruitment, admissions, or financial aid
awarding services. Since 2005, we have engaged Mind Streams, LLC
to assist us with student recruitment activities.
In recent years, several for-profit education companies have
been faced with whistleblower lawsuits, known as qui
tam cases, brought by former employees alleging that their
institution had made impermissible incentive payments. The
employees bringing such lawsuits typically seek, for themselves
and for the federal government, substantial financial penalties
against the subject company. If we or any third parties we have
engaged or engage in the future violate the incentive
compensation rule, we could be fined or sanctioned by the
Department of Education, or subjected to other monetary
penalties that could be substantial. Although there can be no
assurance that the Department of Education or a court would not
find deficiencies in our present or former compensation
practices for employees and third parties, we believe that our
employee compensation and third-party contractual arrangements
comply with the incentive compensation rule.
Compliance reviews. We are subject to
announced and unannounced compliance reviews and audits by
various external agencies, including the Department of
Education, its Office of Inspector General, state licensing
agencies, agencies that guarantee FFEL loans, the Department of
Veterans Affairs, and accrediting commissions. As part of the
Department of Educations ongoing monitoring of
institutions administration of the Title IV programs,
the Higher Education Act also requires institutions to annually
submit to the Department of Education a Title IV compliance
audit conducted by an independent certified public accountant in
accordance with applicable federal and Department of Education
audit standards. In addition, to enable the Department of
Education to make a determination of an institutions
financial responsibility, each institution must annually submit
audited financial statements prepared in accordance with
Department of Education regulations.
Privacy of student records. The Family
Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, or FERPA, and the
Department of Educations FERPA regulations require
educational institutions to protect the privacy of
students educational records by limiting an
institutions disclosure of a students personally
identifiable information without the students prior
written consent. FERPA also requires institutions to allow
students to review and request changes to their educational
records maintained by the institution, to notify students at
least annually of this inspection right, and to maintain records
in each students file listing requests for access to and
disclosures of personally identifiable information and the
interest of such party in that information. If an institution
fails to comply with FERPA, the Department of Education may
require corrective actions by the institution or may terminate
an institutions receipt of further federal funds. In
addition, educational institutions are obligated to safeguard
student information pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, or
GLBA, a federal law designed to protect consumers personal
financial information held by financial institutions and other
entities that provide financial services to consumers. GLBA and
the applicable GLBA regulations require an institution to, among
other things, develop and maintain a comprehensive, written
information security program designed to protect against the
unauthorized disclosure of personally identifiable financial
information of students, parents, or other individuals with whom
such institution has a customer relationship. If an institution
fails to comply with the applicable GLBA requirements, it may be
required to take corrective
79
actions, be subject to monitoring and oversight by the Federal
Trade Commission, or FTC, and be subject to fines or penalties
imposed by the FTC. For-profit educational institutions are also
subject to the general deceptive practices jurisdiction of the
FTC with respect to their collection, use, and disclosure of
student information.
Potential effect of regulatory violations. If
we fail to comply with the regulatory standards governing the
Title IV programs, the Department of Education could impose
one or more sanctions, including transferring us to the
reimbursement or cash monitoring system of payment, requiring us
to repay Title IV program funds, requiring us to post a
letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education as a
condition for continued Title IV certification, taking
emergency action against us, initiating proceedings to impose a
fine or to limit, suspend, or terminate our participation in the
Title IV programs, or referring the matter for civil or
criminal prosecution. In addition, the agencies that guarantee
FFEL loans for our students could initiate proceedings to limit,
suspend, or terminate our eligibility to provide FFEL loans in
the event of certain regulatory violations. If such sanctions or
proceedings were imposed against us and resulted in a
substantial curtailment or termination of our participation in
the Title IV programs, our enrollments, revenues, and
results of operations would be materially and adversely affected.
If we lost our eligibility to participate in the Title IV
programs, or if the amount of available Title IV program
funds was reduced, we would seek to arrange or provide
alternative sources of revenue or financial aid for students. We
believe that one or more private organizations would be willing
to provide financial assistance to our students, but there is no
assurance that this would be the case. The interest rate and
other terms of such financial aid would likely not be as
favorable as those for Title IV program funds, and we might
be required to guarantee all or part of such alternative
assistance or might incur other additional costs in connection
with securing such alternative assistance. It is unlikely that
we would be able to arrange alternative funding on any terms to
replace all the Title IV funding our students receive.
Accordingly, our loss of eligibility to participate in the
Title IV programs, or a reduction in the amount of
available Title IV program funding for our students, would
be expected to have a material adverse effect on our results of
operations, even if we could arrange or provide alternative
sources of revenue or student financial aid.
In addition to the actions that may be brought against us as a
result of our participation in the Title IV programs, we
are also subject to complaints and lawsuits relating to
regulatory compliance brought not only by our regulatory
agencies, but also by other government agencies and third
parties, such as present or former students or employees and
other members of the public.
Uncertainties, increased oversight, and changes in student
loan environment. During 2007 and 2008, student
loan programs, including the Title IV programs, have come
under increased scrutiny by the Department of Education,
Congress, state attorneys general, and other parties. Issues
that have received extensive attention include allegations of
conflicts of interest between some institutions and lenders that
provide Title IV loans, questionable incentives given by
lenders to some schools and school employees, allegations of
deceptive practices in the marketing of student loans, and
schools leading students to use certain lenders. Several
institutions and lenders have been cited for these problems and
have paid several million dollars in the aggregate to settle
those claims. The practices of numerous other schools and
lenders are being examined by government agencies at the federal
and state level. The Attorney General of the State of Arizona
has previously requested extensive documentation and information
from us and other institutions in Arizona concerning student
loan practices, and we recently provided testimony in response
to a subpoena from the Attorney General of the State of Arizona
about such practices. While no penalties have been assessed
against us, we do not know what the results of that
investigation will be. As a result of this scrutiny, Congress
has passed new laws, the Department of Education has enacted
stricter regulations that take effect July 1, 2008, and
several states have adopted codes of conduct or enacted state
laws that further regulate the conduct of lenders, schools, and
school personnel. These new laws and regulations, among other
things, limit schools relationships with lenders, restrict
the types of services that schools may receive from lenders,
prohibit lenders from providing other types of funding to
schools in exchange for Title IV loan volume, require
schools to provide additional information to students concerning
institutionally preferred lenders, and significantly reduce the
amount of federal payments to lenders who participate in the
Title IV loan programs. In addition, recent adverse market
conditions for consumer loans in general have begun to affect
the student lending marketplace.
80
The cumulative impact of these developments and conditions has
caused some lenders to cease providing Title IV loans to
students, including some lenders that have previously provided
Title IV loans to our students. Other lenders have reduced
the benefits and increased the fees associated with the
Title IV loans they do provide. We and other schools have
had to modify student loan practices in ways that result in
higher administrative costs. If the costs of their Title IV
loans increase, some students may decide not to take out loans
and not enroll in a postsecondary institution. In May 2008, new
federal legislation was enacted to attempt to ensure that all
eligible students will be able to obtain Title IV loans in
the future and that a sufficient number of lenders will continue
to provide Title IV loans. Among other things, the new
legislation:
|
|
|
|
|
authorizes the Department of Education to purchase Title IV
loans from lenders, thereby providing capital to the lenders to
enable them to continue making Title IV loans to students;
and
|
|
|
|
permits the Department of Education to designate institutions
eligible to participate in a lender of last resort
program, under which federally recognized student loan guaranty
agencies will be required to make Title IV loans to all
otherwise eligible students at those institutions.
|
We cannot predict whether this legislation will be effective in
ensuring students access to Title IV loan funding.
The environment surrounding access to and cost of student loans
remains in a state of flux, with reviews of many institutions
and lenders still pending and with additional legislative and
regulatory changes being actively considered at the federal and
state levels. The uncertainty surrounding these issues, and any
resolution of these issues that increases loan costs or reduces
students access to Title IV loans, may adversely
affect our student enrollments.
Regulatory
Standards that May Restrict Institutional Expansion or Other
Changes
Many actions that we may wish to take in connection with
expanding our operations or other changes are subject to review
or approval by the applicable regulatory agencies.
Adding teaching locations, implementing new educational
programs, and increasing enrollment. The
requirements and standards of state education agencies,
accrediting commissions, and the Department of Education limit
our ability in certain instances to establish additional
teaching locations, implement new educational programs, or
increase enrollment in certain programs. Many states require
review and approval before institutions can add new locations or
programs, and Arizona also limits the number of undergraduate
nursing students we may enroll (which represents a small portion
of our overall nursing program). The Arizona State Board for
Private Postsecondary Education, the Higher Learning Commission,
and other state education agencies and specialized accrediting
commissions that authorize or accredit us and our programs
generally require institutions to notify them in advance of
adding new locations or implementing new programs, and upon
notification may undertake a review of the quality of the
facility or the program and the financial, academic, and other
qualifications of the institution. For instance, following
applications we filed in December 2006, we received approval
from the Higher Learning Commission and the Arizona State Board
for Private Postsecondary Education in March 2008 to add our
first doctoral level program.
With respect to the Department of Education, if an institution
participating in the Title IV programs plans to add a new
location or educational program, the institution must generally
apply to the Department of Education to have the additional
location or educational program designated as within the scope
of the institutions Title IV eligibility. However, a
degree-granting institution such as us is not required to obtain
the Department of Educations approval of additional
programs that lead to an associate, bachelors,
professional, or graduate degree at the same degree level as
programs previously approved by the Department of Education.
Similarly, an institution is not required to obtain advance
approval for new programs that prepare students for gainful
employment in the same or a related recognized occupation as an
educational program that has previously been designated by the
Department of Education as an eligible program at that
institution if it meets certain minimum-length requirements.
However, as a condition for an institution to participate in the
Title IV programs on a provisional basis, the Department of
Education can require prior approval of such programs or
otherwise restrict the number of programs an institution may add
or the extent to which an institution can modify existing
educational programs. If an institution that is required to
obtain the Department of Educations advance approval for
the addition of a new program or new location fails to do so,
the
81
institution may be liable for repayment of the Title IV
program funds received by the institution or students in
connection with that program or enrolled at that location.
Acquiring other schools. While we have not
acquired any other schools in the past, we may seek to do so in
the future. The Department of Education and virtually all state
education agencies and accrediting commissions require a company
to seek their approval if it wishes to acquire another school.
In our case, we would need to obtain the approval of the Arizona
State Board for Private Postsecondary Education or other state
education agency that licenses the school being acquired, the
Higher Learning Commission, any other accrediting commission
that accredits the school being acquired, and the Department of
Education. The level of review varies by individual state and
accrediting commission, with some requiring approval of such an
acquisition before it occurs while others only consider approval
after the acquisition has occurred. The approval of the
applicable state education agencies and accrediting commissions
is a necessary prerequisite to the Department of Education
certifying the acquired school to participate in the
Title IV programs under our ownership. The restrictions
imposed by any of the applicable regulatory agencies could delay
or prevent our acquisition of other schools in some
circumstances.
Provisional certification. Each institution
must apply to the Department of Education for continued
certification to participate in the Title IV programs at
least every six years, or when it undergoes a change in control,
and an institution may come under the Department of
Educations review when it expands its activities in
certain ways, such as opening an additional location, adding an
educational program, or modifying the academic credentials that
it offers.
The Department of Education may place an institution on
provisional certification status if it finds that the
institution does not fully satisfy all of the eligibility and
certification standards. In addition, if a company acquires a
school from another entity, the acquired school will
automatically be placed on provisional certification when the
Department of Education approves the transaction. During the
period of provisional certification, the institution must comply
with any additional conditions or restrictions included in its
program participation agreement with the Department of
Education. Students attending provisionally certified
institutions remain eligible to receive Title IV program
funds, but if the Department of Education finds that a
provisionally certified institution is unable to meet its
responsibilities under its program participation agreement, it
may seek to revoke the institutions certification to
participate in the Title IV programs without advance notice
or opportunity for the institution to challenge that action. In
addition, the Department of Education may more closely review an
institution that is provisionally certified if it applies for
recertification or approval to open a new location, add an
educational program, acquire another school, or make any other
significant change.
We are currently certified to participate in the Title IV
programs through June 30, 2008, on a provisional basis. The
Department of Education issued our current program participation
agreement in May 2005, after an extended review following the
change in control that occurred in February 2004. The Department
of Educations 2005 recertification imposed certain
conditions on us, including a requirement that we post a letter
of credit, accept restrictions on the growth of our program
offerings and enrollment, and receive Title IV funds under
the heightened cash monitoring system of payment rather than by
advance payment. In October 2006, the Department of Education
eliminated the letter of credit requirement and allowed the
growth restrictions to expire, and in August 2007, it eliminated
the heightened cash monitoring restrictions and returned us to
the advance payment method. However, we remain certified on a
provisional basis, which means that the Department of Education
may more closely review our applications for recertification,
new locations, new educational programs, acquisitions of other
schools, or other significant changes, and it may revoke its
certification of us without advance notice if it determines we
are not fulfilling material Title IV requirements. Our
current certification extends to June 30, 2008, and we
submitted our application for recertification in March 2008,
which remains pending. If the Department of Education does not
make a decision on our recertification application on or before
June 30, 2008, our provisional certification status will be
extended on a
month-to-month
basis. There can be no assurance that the Department of
Education will recertify us, or that it will not impose
restrictions as a condition of approving our pending
recertification application or with respect to any future
recertification.
Change in ownership resulting in a change in
control. Many states and accrediting commissions
require institutions of higher education to report or obtain
approval of certain changes in control and changes in other
82
aspects of institutional organization or control. The types of
and thresholds for such reporting and approval vary among the
states and accrediting commissions. The Higher Learning
Commission provides that an institution must obtain its approval
in advance of a change in ownership in order for the institution
to retain its accredited status, but the Higher Learning
Commission does not set specific standards for determining when
a transaction constitutes a change in ownership. In addition, in
the event of a change in ownership, the Higher Learning
Commission requires an onsite evaluation within six months in
order to continue the institutions accreditation. Our
other specialized accrediting commissions also require an
institution to obtain similar approval before or after the event
that constitutes the change in control under their standards.
Many states include the sale of a controlling interest of common
stock in the definition of a change in control requiring
approval, but their thresholds for determining a change in
control vary widely. The standards of the Arizona State Board
for Private Postsecondary Education provide that an institution
undergoes a change in control if there is a transfer of 50% or
more of its voting stock over a five-year period. In our case,
we believe the five-year period to apply this standard would
begin after our prior change in control in February 2004. A
change in control under the definition of one of the other state
agencies that regulate us might require us to obtain approval of
the change in control in order to maintain our authorization to
operate in that state, and in some cases such states could
require us to obtain advance approval of the change in control.
Under Department of Education regulations, an institution that
undergoes a change in control loses its eligibility to
participate in the Title IV programs and must apply to the
Department of Education in order to reestablish such
eligibility. If an institution files the required application
and follows other procedures, the Department of Education may
temporarily certify the institution on a provisional basis
following the change in control, so that the institutions
students retain access to Title IV program funds until the
Department of Education completes its full review. In addition,
the Department of Education will extend such temporary
provisional certification if the institution timely files other
required materials, including the approval of the change in
control by its state authorizing agency and accrediting
commission and an audited balance sheet showing the financial
condition of the institution or its parent corporation as of the
date of the change in control. If the institution fails to meet
any of these application and other deadlines, its certification
will expire and its students will not be eligible to receive
Title IV program funds until the Department of Education
completes its full review, which commonly takes several months
and may take longer. If the Department of Education approves the
application after a change in control, it will certify the
institution on a provisional basis for a period of up to
approximately three years.
For corporations that are neither publicly traded nor closely
held, such as us prior to this offering, Department of Education
regulations describe some transactions that constitute a change
in control, including the transfer of a controlling interest in
the voting stock of the corporation or its parent corporation.
For such a corporation, the Department of Education will
generally find that a transaction results in a change in control
if a person acquires ownership or control of 25% or more of the
outstanding voting stock and control of the corporation, or a
person who owns or controls 25% or more of the outstanding
voting stock and controls the corporation ceases to own or
control at least 25% of the outstanding voting stock or ceases
to control the corporation. With respect to this offering, the
Richardson family will continue to own or control more than 25%
of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation following the
offering.
We will notify or seek confirmation from the Department of
Education, the Higher Learning Commission, the Arizona State
Board for Private Postsecondary Education, and other state
education agencies and accrediting commissions, as we believe
necessary, that this offering will not constitute a change in
control under their respective standards. We do not expect that
this offering will result in a change in control for any of
those agencies, or that any of those agencies will require us to
obtain their approval in connection with this offering. If any
of those agencies deemed this offering to be a change in
control, we would have to apply for and obtain approval from
that agency, in some cases in advance of this offering,
according to its procedures. In addition, if the Department of
Education deemed this offering to be a change in control, the
Department of Education would apply a different set of financial
tests to determine our financial responsibility in conjunction
with its review and approval of the change in control. We would
be required to submit a
same-day
audited balance sheet reflecting our financial condition
immediately following the offering. Our
same-day
balance sheet would have to demonstrate an acid test
ratio of at least 1:1, calculated by adding cash and cash
83
equivalents to current accounts receivable and dividing the sum
by total current liabilities (and excluding all unsecured or
uncollateralized related party receivables). The
same-day
balance sheet would also have to demonstrate at least one dollar
of positive tangible net worth. If we did not satisfy either of
these requirements, the Department of Education could condition
our continued certification for participation in the
Title IV programs on our agreement to post a letter of
credit in favor of the Department of Education and our
acceptance of additional monitoring requirements.
A change in control also could occur as a result of future
transactions in which we are involved following the consummation
of this offering. Some corporate reorganizations and some
changes in the board of directors are examples of such
transactions. In addition, Department of Education regulations
provide that a change in control occurs for a publicly traded
corporation, which we will be after this offering, if either:
(i) there is an event that would obligate the corporation
to file a Current Report on
Form 8-K
with the SEC disclosing a change in control, or (ii) the
corporation has a stockholder that owns at least 25% of the
total outstanding voting stock of the corporation and is the
largest stockholder of the corporation, and that stockholder
ceases to own at least 25% of such stock or ceases to be the
largest stockholder. These standards are subject to
interpretation by the Department of Education. A significant
purchase or disposition of our voting stock in the future,
including a disposition of voting stock by the Richardson
family, could be determined by the Department of Education to be
a change in control under this standard. The potential adverse
effects of a change in control could influence future decisions
by us and our stockholders regarding the sale, purchase,
transfer, issuance or redemption of our stock. In addition, the
adverse regulatory effect of a change in control also could
discourage bids for shares of our common stock and could have an
adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.
Additional state regulation. Most state
education agencies impose regulatory requirements on educational
institutions operating within their boundaries. Some states have
sought to assert jurisdiction over
out-of-state
educational institutions offering online degree programs that
have no physical location or other presence in the state but
that have some activity in the state, such as enrolling or
offering educational services to students who reside in the
state, employing faculty who reside in the state, or advertising
to or recruiting prospective students in the state. State
regulatory requirements for online education vary among the
states, are not well developed in many states, are imprecise or
unclear in some states, and can change frequently. In addition
to Arizona, we have determined that our activities in certain
states constitute a presence requiring licensure or
authorization under the requirements of the state education
agency in those states, and in other states we have obtained
approvals as we have determined necessary in connection with our
marketing and recruiting activities. We review the licensure
requirements of other states when appropriate to determine
whether our activities in those states constitute a presence or
otherwise require licensure or authorization by the respective
state education agencies. Because we enroll students from all
50 states and the District of Columbia, we expect we will
have to seek licensure or authorization in additional states in
the future. If we fail to comply with state licensing or
authorization requirements for any state, we may be subject to
the loss of state licensure or authorization by that state, or
be subject to other sanctions, including restrictions on our
activities in that state, fines, and penalties. The loss of
licensure or authorization in a state other than Arizona could
prohibit us from recruiting prospective students or offering
services to current students in that state, which could
significantly reduce our enrollments.
84
MANAGEMENT
Executive
Officers and Directors
The following table sets forth information regarding our
executive officers, directors, and
director-nominees.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
|
Brent D. Richardson
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer and Director
|
John E. Crowley
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
Chief Operating Officer
|
Christopher C. Richardson
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
General Counsel and Director
|
Timothy R. Fischer
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
Michael S. Lacrosse
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
Chief Information Officer
|
Dr. Kathy Player
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
Provost and Chief Academic Officer
|
Chad N. Heath
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
Director
|
D. Mark Dorman
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
Director
|
David J. Johnson
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
Director-Nominee
|
Jack A. Henry
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
Director-Nominee
|
Brent D. Richardson has been serving as our Chief
Executive Officer and director since 2004. From 2000 to 2004,
Mr. Richardson served as Chief Executive Officer of Masters
Online, LLC, a company that provided online educational programs
and marketing services to several regionally and nationally
accredited universities. Prior to 2000, Mr. Richardson
served as Director of Sales and Marketing and later General
Manager of the Educational Division of Private Networks, a
company that produced customized distance learning curricula for
the healthcare and automotive industries. Mr. Richardson
has over 20 years of experience in the education industry.
Mr. Richardson earned his Bachelor of Science degree in
Finance from Eastern Illinois University. Brent Richardson and
Chris Richardson are brothers.
John E. Crowley has been serving as our Chief Operating
Officer since 2004. Prior to 2004, Mr. Crowley served as
the President of Educational Resources, a national distributor
of educational software, technology solutions, and related
services, and as President of Youth In Motion, Inc., a
distributor of educational materials. Mr. Crowley earned
his Bachelor of Finance degree and Master of Business
Administration degree from Western New England College.
Christopher C. Richardson has been serving as our General
Counsel since 2007 and as a director since 2004. From 2004 to
2007, Mr. Richardson served as legal counsel in our Office
of General Counsel. Prior to 2004, Mr. Richardson served as
the Chief Operating Officer for Masters Online, LLC, a company
that provided online educational programs and marketing services
to several regionally and nationally accredited universities.
Mr. Richardson earned his Bachelor of Arts degree in
Political Science from Brigham Young University, and Juris
Doctor from the University of Arizona College of Law, where he
graduated summa cum laude. Brent Richardson and Chris Richardson
are brothers.
Timothy R. Fischer has been serving as our Chief
Financial Officer since 2005. Prior to 2005, Mr. Fischer
served as an independent management and financial consultant to
both public and private companies in the Phoenix, Arizona area.
Mr. Fischer is a member of the American Institute of
Certified Public Accountants and is licensed as a certified
public accountant by the New Mexico State Board of Public
Accountancy. Mr. Fischer earned his Bachelor of Business
Administration degree from Eastern New Mexico University.
Michael S. Lacrosse has been serving as our Chief
Information Officer since August 2006. From February 2001 to
August 2006, Mr. Lacrosse served as Chief Information
Officer of Trax Technology, a global transportation management
firm, and 21st Century Learning, an educational technology
company which provides supplemental curriculum to K-12 students,
professional development opportunities for teachers and
administrators, as well as programs for parents.
85
Dr. Kathy Player has been serving as our Provost and
Chief Academic Officer since 2007. From 1998 to 2007,
Dr. Player served in several other leadership roles at
Grand Canyon University, including most recently as Dean of the
Ken Blanchard College of Business. Dr. Player earned her
Doctorate of Education degree in Counseling Psychology from the
University of Sarasota, a Master of Business Administration
degree and a Master of Science degree in Nursing Leadership from
Grand Canyon University, a Master of Science degree in
Counseling from Nova Southeastern University, and a Bachelor of
Science degree in Nursing from St. Josephs College.
Chad N. Heath has been serving as a director of Grand
Canyon University since 2005. Mr. Heath is a managing
director of Endeavour Capital, a private equity firm based in
Portland, Oregon that currently manages over $925 million
in equity capital. Prior to joining Endeavour Capital,
Mr. Heath served as a principal at Charterhouse Group
International, a New York-based private equity firm focused on
middle-market transactions. Prior to Charterhouse,
Mr. Heath worked in the investment banking division of
Merrill Lynch. Mr. Heath currently sits on the board of
directors of Barrett-Jackson Holdings, LLC (dba: Barrett-Jackson
Auction Company) and Skagit Northwest Holdings, Inc. (dba:
Dri-Eaz Products). Mr. Heath received a Bachelor of Science
in Business Administration degree, magna cum laude, from
Georgetown University.
D. Mark Dorman has been serving as a director of
Grand Canyon University since 2005. Mr. Dorman is a
managing director of Endeavour Capital. Prior to joining
Endeavour Capital, Mr. Dorman served as an investment
banker at Green Manning & Bunch, a Denver-based
investment banking firm focused on merger and acquisition
transactions and advisory work for middle-market clients across
the West. He also served in the investment banking groups of
Boettcher & Company and Morgan Stanley.
Mr. Dorman currently sits on the boards of directors of PSI
Services Holding Inc. (dba: Policy Studies); SpeeCo, Inc.;
Skagit Northwest Holdings, Inc. (dba: Dri-Eaz Products); and
Barrett-Jackson Holdings, LLC (dba: Barrett-Jackson Auction
Company). Mr. Dorman received a Bachelor of Science degree
from Lewis & Clark College and a Master of Business
Administration degree from Harvard Business School.
David J. Johnson has been nominated and has agreed to
serve as a member of our board of directors effective upon the
closing of the offering. From 1997 to 2006, Mr. Johnson
served as Chief Executive Officer and chairman of the board of
KinderCare Learning Centers, Inc., a for-profit provider of
early childhood education and care services, and from 1991 to
1996, he served as President, Chief Executive Officer, and
chairman of the board of Red Lion Hotels, Inc., a hotel company,
each of which were portfolio companies of Kohlberg Kravis
Roberts & Co. Prior to that time, Mr. Johnson
served as a general partner of Hellman & Friedman, a
private equity investment firm, from 1989 to 1991, as President,
Chief Operating Officer and director of Dillingham Holdings, a
diversified company, from 1986 to 1988, and as President and
Chief Executive Officer of Cal Gas Corporation, a principal
subsidiary of Dillingham Holdings, which was also a portfolio
company of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., from 1984 to 1987.
Jack A. Henry has been nominated and has agreed to serve
as a member of our board of directors effective upon the closing
of the offering. Mr. Henry began his career with Arthur
Andersen in 1966, and in 2000 retired as the managing partner of
the Phoenix office. In 2000, Mr. Henry formed Sierra Blanca
Ventures LLC, a private investment and advisory firm. He
currently serves on the boards of directors of White Electronics
Design Corporation and Point Blank Solutions, both of which are
public reporting companies, and several other private companies.
Mr. Henry previously served on the boards of directors of
Simula, Inc., SOS Staffing Services, Inc., Vodavi Technology,
Inc., Tickets.com, and VistaCare, Inc., all public reporting
companies. Mr. Henry currently serves as President of the
Arizona Chapter of the National Association of Corporate
Directors. Mr. Henry holds a Bachelor of Business
Administration degree and a Master of Business Administration
degree from the University of Michigan.
Other than Brent Richardson and Chris Richardson, who are
brothers, there are no family relationships among any of our
directors or executive officers.
Board
Composition
Our board of directors currently consists of four persons,
including two independent directors, Messrs. Heath and
Dorman. Effective upon consummation of this offering, our board
will consist of at least
86
six directors, our four current directors and our two
director-nominees, four of whom will be independent. At each
annual meeting, our stockholders elect our full board of
directors. Directors may be removed at any time for cause by the
affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting
power then entitled to vote.
Board
Committees
Our board of directors directs the management of our business
and affairs, as provided by Delaware law, and conducts its
business through meetings of the board of directors. Effective
upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will
establish three standing committees: an audit committee; a
compensation committee; and a nominating and governance
committee. In addition, from time to time, special committees
may be established under the direction of the board of directors
when necessary to address specific issues. The composition of
the board committees will comply, when required, with the
applicable rules of Nasdaq and applicable law. Our board of
directors will adopt a written charter for each of the standing
committees. These charters will be available on our website
following the completion of the offering.
Audit Committee. Our audit committee will be
comprised solely of independent directors as defined
under and required by the rules of Nasdaq and the federal
securities laws. Our audit committee will be directly
responsible for, among other things, the appointment,
compensation, retention, and oversight of our independent
registered public accounting firm. The oversight includes
reviewing the plans and results of the audit engagement with the
firm, approving any additional professional services provided by
the firm and reviewing the independence of the firm. Commencing
with our first report on internal controls over financial
reporting, the committee will be responsible for discussing the
effectiveness of the internal controls over financial reporting
with the firm and relevant financial management.
Compensation Committee. Our compensation
committee will consist solely of independent
directors as defined under and required by the rules of Nasdaq,
non-employee directors under Section 16 of the
Exchange Act, and outside directors for purposes of
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, or the Code. The compensation committee will be
responsible for, among other things, supervising and reviewing
our affairs as they relate to the compensation and benefits of
our executive officers. In carrying out these responsibilities,
the compensation committee will review all components of
executive compensation for consistency with our compensation
philosophy and with the interests of our stockholders.
Nominating and Governance Committee. Our
nominating and governance committee will consist solely of
independent directors as defined under and required
by the rules of Nasdaq. The nominating and governance committee
will be responsible for, among other things, identifying
individuals qualified to become board members; selecting, or
recommending to the board, director nominees for each election
of directors; developing and recommending to the board criteria
for selecting qualified director candidates; considering
committee member qualifications, appointment and removal;
recommending corporate governance principles, codes of conduct
and compliance mechanisms; and providing oversight in the
evaluation of the board and each committee.
Compensation
Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
There are no interlocking relationships requiring disclosure
under the applicable rules promulgated under the
U.S. federal securities laws.
Limitation
of Liability and Indemnification
For information concerning limitation of liability and
indemnification applicable to our directors, executive officers
and, in certain cases, employees, please see Description
of Capital Stock located elsewhere in this prospectus.
87
COMPENSATION
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
The following discussion and analysis should be read in
conjunction with Compensation of Named Executive
Officers and the related tables that are presented
immediately below.
Overview
The purpose of this compensation discussion and analysis is to
provide information about each material element of compensation
that we pay or award to, or that is earned by, our named
executive officers, who consist of our principal executive
officer, principal financial officer, and our three other most
highly compensated executive officers. For our 2007 fiscal year,
our named executive officers were:
|
|
|
|
|
Brent D. Richardson, our Chief Executive Officer;
|
|
|
|
John E. Crowley, our Chief Operating Officer;
|
|
|
|
Christopher C. Richardson, our General Counsel;
|
|
|
|
Timothy R. Fischer, our Chief Financial Officer; and
|
|
|
|
Michael S. Lacrosse, our Chief Information Officer.
|
This compensation discussion and analysis addresses and explains
the compensation practices we followed in 2007, the numerical
and related information contained in the summary compensation
and related tables presented below, and actions we have taken
regarding executive compensation since the end of our 2007
fiscal year.
Compensation
Determinations
Prior to this offering, we have been a private company with a
relatively small number of stockholders, including our lead
outside investor, Endeavour Capital, and we have not been
subject to exchange listing requirements requiring us to have a
majority independent board or to exchange or SEC rules relating
to the formation and functioning of board committees, including
audit, nominating, and compensation committees. As such, most,
if not all, of our compensation policies, and determinations
applicable to our named executive officers, have been the
product of negotiation between our named executive officers and
Endeavour Capital. For additional information regarding the
compensation committee of our board of directors that will
oversee our compensation program following the completion of
this offering, please see Board Committees above.
Objectives
of Compensation Programs
We pay our executive officers based on business performance and
individual performance, and, in setting compensation levels, we
take into consideration the marketplace for the individuals that
we wish to attract, retain, and motivate, our past practices and
our current and anticipated future needs, and the relative
skills and experience of each individual executive. To date, we
have not utilized the services of a compensation consultant and
have not engaged in any formal benchmarking when making
policy-level or individual compensation determinations. Rather,
compensation decisions have been made based on the knowledge of
the market possessed by our board of directors, as supplemented
by market knowledge of Endeavour Capital and our human resources
department, and as negotiated with our named executive officers.
Compensation philosophy. Under our
compensation philosophy, a named executive officers total
compensation will vary based on our overall performance and with
the particular named executive officers personal
performance and contribution to overall results. This philosophy
generally applies to all of our employees, with a more
significant level of variability and compensation at risk
depending upon an employees function and level of
responsibility. Our overall goals in implementing this
philosophy are to attract, motivate, and retain highly qualified
individuals responsible for guiding us and creating value for
our investors.
88
Compensation objectives. We believe that the
compensation program we follow helps us achieve the following
objectives:
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation should be related to
performance. We believe that the
performance-based portion of an individuals total
compensation should increase as the individuals business
responsibilities increase. Thus, a material portion of executive
compensation should be linked to our and the individuals
performance, which also serves to align the named executive
officers interests with those of our investors.
|
|
|
|
Compensation should be competitive and cost effective. We
believe that our compensation programs should foster an
innovative, high integrity, and performance-oriented culture
that serves to attract, motivate, and retain executives and
other key employees with the appropriate skill sets to lead us
through expected future growth in a dynamic and competitive
environment. Accordingly, we should provide compensation in
amounts necessary to achieve these goals and which is of fair
value relative to other positions in Grand Canyon University.
|
Company compensation policies. A named
executive officers total in-service compensation consists
of base salary, a cash bonus, and limited perquisites. With
regard to these components, we have in the past adhered to the
following compensation policies:
|
|
|
|
|
Founders with significant equity stakes require limited
incentives. As founders of our company, Brent Richardson and
Chris Richardson have significant equity ownership in Grand
Canyon University. We believe that the Richardons
ownership stake provides a level of motivation that would not be
appreciably enhanced through material cash bonus opportunities
or the grant of further equity incentives. Accordingly, in 2007,
the Richardsons were compensated solely through base salary and
limited perquisites.
|
|
|
|
Base salaries should be the largest component of
compensation. Our compensation programs should reflect base
salaries as being compensation for the named executive officers
to perform the essential elements of their respective jobs, and
cash bonuses as a reward for superior company and individual
performance. In this regard, base salary should be the largest
component of cash compensation, with cash bonuses being
significantly less than base salaries.
|
|
|
|
Compensation should be paid in cash. As a
private company whose equity securities were not publicly traded
prior to completion of this offering, we believed that the true
compensatory value to be accorded to equity-based incentives
would be difficult for both us and a recipient to determine.
Accordingly, we have not in the past utilized equity-based
incentives and have instead focused entirely on providing the
opportunity for our named executive officers to earn total cash
compensation at levels that enable us to achieve the motivation
and retention goals described above.
|
We believe our policies have helped us achieve our compensation
objectives of motivation and retention, as evidenced by the
limited turnover in our executive officer ranks over the past
several years.
Compensation
Programs Design and Elements of Compensation
We choose to pay each element of compensation to further the
objectives of our compensation program, which, as noted,
includes the need to attract, retain, and reward key leaders
critical to our success by providing competitive total
compensation.
Elements of In-Service Compensation. For our
2007 fiscal year, our executive compensation mix included base
salary, discretionary cash bonuses, and other benefits generally
available to all employees. Perquisites were not a significant
component of executive compensation. We generally determine the
nature and amount of each element of compensation as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Base salary. We typically agree upon a base
salary with a named executive officer at the time of initial
employment, which may or may not be reflected in an employment
agreement. The amount of base salary agreed upon, which is not
at risk, reflects our views as to the individual
executives
|
89
|
|
|
|
|
past experience, future potential, knowledge, scope of
anticipated responsibilities, skills, expertise, and potential
to add value through performance, as well as competitive
industry salary practices. Although minimum base salaries for
Brent Richardson, John Crowley, and Chris Richardson are set by
their respective employment agreements, as described below, we
review executive salaries annually and may adjust them based on
an evaluation of the companys performance for the year and
the performance of the functional area(s) under an
executives scope of responsibility. We also consider
general market knowledge, as supplemented by the general market
knowledge of our investors and human resources department, in
making any adjustments. In some cases, competitive market
information may be difficult to obtain due to the unique duties
and responsibilities of a particular position. In those
instances, we consider qualitative criteria, such as education
and experience requirements, complexity, and scope or impact of
the position compared to other executive positions internally.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bonuses. We provide cash bonuses, which are
at-risk, to recognize and reward our named executive officers
with cash payments above base salary based on our success in a
given year. In the past, we have awarded bonus on a
discretionary basis, and we have not implemented or followed a
formal bonus plan tied to specific financial and non-financial
objectives.
|
|
|
|
Perquisites. We seek to compensate our named
executive officers at levels that eliminate the need for
perquisites and enable each individual officer to provide for
his or her own needs. Accordingly, in 2007, the only perquisite
we provided to any of our named executive officers was allowing
Brent Richardson to utilize a car leased by Grand Canyon
University.
|
|
|
|
Other. We offer other employee benefits to key
executives for the purpose of meeting current and future health
and security needs for the executives and their families. These
benefits, which we generally offer to all eligible employees,
include medical, dental, and life insurance benefits; short-term
disability pay; long-term disability insurance; flexible
spending accounts for medical expense reimbursements; and a
401(k) retirement savings plan. The 401(k) retirement savings
plan is a defined contribution plan under Section 401(a) of
the Code. Employees may make pre-tax contributions into the
plan, expressed as a percentage of compensation, up to
prescribed IRS annual limits.
|
Elements of Post-Termination Compensation and
Benefits. We are a party to written agreements
that provide certain of our named executive officers with
post-termination salary and benefit continuation while the
officer searches for new employment. We believe that the amounts
of these payments and benefits and the periods of time during
which they would be provided are fair and reasonable, and we
have not historically taken into account any amounts that may be
received by a named executive officer following termination when
establishing current compensation levels. The elements of
post-termination compensation that we provide consist of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
Salary continuation. Each of Brent Richardson,
John Crowley, and Chris Richardson has a written employment
agreement under which he will receive continuing salary payments
for a stated period of time following termination of employment,
unless such termination constitutes termination for cause. Under
these agreements, Brent Richardson would continue to receive his
then-current base salary for a period of 12 months
following termination of employment, while John Crowley and
Chris Richardson would receive such salary continuation for a
period of six months following termination of employment,
subject to an option by us to extend the period to
12 months if we seek to extend their post-termination
non-compete and related covenants.
|
|
|
|
Benefits continuation. Under their agreements,
Brent Richardson, John Crowley, and Chris Richardson would
also receive continuation of benefits during the applicable
salary continuation period.
|
90
Impact
of Performance on Compensation
In the past, we have reviewed overall company and individual
performance in connection with our review of named executive
officer compensation.
Company performance. In reviewing our
performance, we focus principally on the achievement of net
revenue and Adjusted EBITDA levels, and on maintaining
regulatory compliance. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income
(loss) plus interest expense net of interest income, income tax
expense (benefit), and depreciation and amortization (EBITDA),
as adjusted for (i) royalty payments incurred pursuant to
an agreement with our former owner that has been terminated as
of April 15, 2008, as discussed herein and in Note 2
to our financial statements included with this prospectus and
(ii) management fees that are no longer paid or that will
no longer be payable following completion of this offering. We
focus on Adjusted EBITDA in connection with our compensation
decisions because we believe that it provides useful information
regarding our operating performance and executive performance as
it does not give effect to items that management does not
consider to be reflective of our core operating performance. See
Managements Discussion and Analysis
Non-GAAP Discussion.
As such, we believe it is fair and reasonable to our executives
to assess their individual performance on the same basis as our
performance is assessed by our board of directors and investors.
Individual performance. In reviewing
individual performance, we also look at an executives
achievement of non-financial objectives that, with respect to a
given named executive officer, may include achieving objectives
related to some or all of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
enrollment growth;
|
|
|
|
program development and expansion; and
|
|
|
|
regulatory compliance.
|
Conclusion
We believe that the compensation amounts paid to our named
executive officers for their service in 2007 were reasonable and
appropriate and in our best interests.
Actions
Taken in Current Fiscal Year
As discussed above, we have historically relied upon base
salaries and cash bonuses to attract, motivate and retain our
named executive officers. Effective upon the completion of this
offering, we intend to adopt a 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, or
our Incentive Plan, and a 2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or
our ESPP, to provide our directors, executive officers, and
other employees with additional incentives by allowing them to
acquire an ownership interest in our business and, as a result,
encouraging them to contribute to our success. These plans, the
intended terms of which are described below, will be effective
upon the approval of our stockholders, which will occur
immediately prior to the closing of the offering.
Incentive Plan. We will initially authorize
and reserve a total
of shares
of our common stock for issuance under the Incentive Plan. This
reserve will automatically increase on a cumulative basis on
January 1, 2009 and each subsequent anniversary through
2017, by an amount equal to the smaller of
(a) % of the number of shares of
common stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding
December 31, or (b) a lesser amount determined by our
board of directors. We will make appropriate adjustments in the
number of authorized shares and other numerical limits in the
Incentive Plan and in outstanding awards to prevent dilution or
enlargement of participants rights in the event of a stock
split or other change in our capital structure. Shares subject
to awards that expire or are cancelled or forfeited will again
become available for issuance under the Incentive Plan. The
shares available will not be reduced by awards settled in cash
or by shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations.
Only the net number of shares issued upon the exercise of stock
appreciation rights or options exercised by means of a net
exercise or by tender of previously owned shares will be
deducted from the shares available under the Incentive Plan.
91
We may grant awards under the Incentive Plan to our employees,
officers, directors, or consultants, or those of any future
parent or subsidiary corporation or other affiliated entity.
While we may grant incentive stock options only to employees, we
may grant nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights,
restricted stock purchase rights or bonuses, restricted stock
units, performance shares, performance units, and cash-based
awards or other stock-based awards to any eligible participant.
Only members of the board of directors who are not employees at
the time of grant will be eligible to participate in the
non-employee director awards component of the Incentive Plan.
The board of directors or the compensation committee will set
the amount and type of non-employee director awards to be
awarded on a periodic, non-discriminatory basis. Non-employee
director awards may be granted in the form of nonstatutory stock
options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards and
restricted stock unit awards.
In the event of a change in control, as described in the
Incentive Plan, the acquiring or successor entity may assume or
continue all or any awards outstanding under the Incentive Plan
or substitute substantially equivalent awards. Any awards that
are not assumed or continued in connection with a change in
control or are not exercised or settled prior to the change in
control will terminate effective as of the time of the change in
control. The compensation committee may provide for the
acceleration of vesting of any or all outstanding awards upon
such terms and to such extent as it determines, except that the
vesting of all non-employee director awards will automatically
be accelerated in full. The Incentive Plan also authorizes the
compensation committee, in its discretion and without the
consent of any participant, to cancel each or any outstanding
award denominated in shares upon a change in control in exchange
for a payment to the participant with respect to each share
subject to the cancelled award of an amount equal to the excess
of the consideration to be paid per share of common stock in the
change in control transaction over the exercise price per share,
if any, under the award.
In conjunction with adoption of the Incentive Plan, our board of
directors will approve a comprehensive policy relating to the
granting of stock options and other equity-based awards. Under
this policy:
|
|
|
|
|
all stock option grants, restricted stock awards, and other
equity based awards, which we collectively refer to as
stock-based grants, must be approved by the compensation
committee;
|
|
|
|
all stock-based grants will be approved at formal meetings
(including telephonic) of the compensation committee;
|
|
|
|
the date for determining the strike price and similar
measurements will be the date of the meeting (or a date shortly
after the meeting) or, in the case of an employee, director, or
consultant not yet hired, appointed, or retained, respectively,
the subsequent date of hire, appointment, or retention, as the
case may be;
|
|
|
|
if our board of directors implements an annual stock-based
grant, the grant will be approved at a regularly scheduled
meeting of the compensation committee during the first part of
the year, but after the annual earnings release, if any. We
believe that coordinating any annual award grant after our
annual earnings release, if any, will generally result in this
grant being made at a time when the public is in possession of
all material information about us;
|
|
|
|
the annual grant to executive officers and directors, if any,
will occur at the same time as the annual grant to other
employees;
|
|
|
|
we will not intentionally grant stock-based awards before the
anticipated announcement of materially favorable news or
intentionally delay the grant of stock-based awards until after
the announcement of materially unfavorable news; and
|
|
|
|
the compensation committee will approve stock-based grants only
for persons specifically identified at the meeting by management.
|
ESPP. We will initially authorize and reserve
a total
of shares
of our common stock for sale under the ESPP. In addition, the
ESPP will provide for an automatic annual increase in the number
of shares available for issuance under the plan on January 1 of
each year beginning in 2009 and continuing through and including
January 1, 2017 equal to the lesser of
(a) % of our then issued and
outstanding shares of
92
common stock on the immediately preceding December 31,
(b) shares or (c) a number of shares as our board of
directors may determine. We will make appropriate adjustments in
the number of authorized shares and in outstanding purchase
rights to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants
rights in the event of a stock split or other change in our
capital structure. Shares subject to purchase rights which
expire or are canceled will again become available for issuance
under the ESPP.
Our employees, and the employees of any future parent or
subsidiary corporation or other affiliated entity, will be
eligible to participate in the ESPP if they are customarily
employed by us, or such other entity, if applicable, for more
than 20 hours per week and more than five months in any
calendar year. However, an employee may not be granted a right
to purchase stock under the ESPP if: (a) the employee
immediately after such grant would own stock possessing 5% or
more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes
of our capital stock, or (b) the employees rights to
purchase stock under the ESPP and Incentive Plan would accrue at
a rate that exceeds $25,000 in value for each calendar year of
participation in such plans.
The ESPP will be implemented through a series of sequential
offering periods, generally three months in duration beginning
on the first trading days of February, May, August, and November
each year. However, the administrator may establish an offering
period to commence on the effective date of the ESPP that will
end on September 30, 2008. The administrator is authorized
to establish additional or alternative sequential or overlapping
offering periods and offering periods having a different
duration or different starting or ending dates, provided that no
offering period may have a duration exceeding 27 months.
Amounts accumulated for each participant, generally through
payroll deductions, will be credited toward the purchase of
shares of our common stock at the end of each offering period at
a price generally equal to 95% of the fair market value of our
common stock on the purchase date. Prior to commencement of an
offering period, the administrator will be authorized to change
the purchase price discount for that offering period, but the
purchase price may not be less than 85% of the lower of the fair
market value of our common stock at the beginning of the
offering period or at the end of the offering period.
The maximum number of shares a participant may purchase in any
three-month offering period will be the lesser of (a) that
number of shares determined by multiplying
(i) shares
by (ii) the number of months (rounded to the nearest whole
month) in the offering period and rounding to the nearest whole
share, or (b) that number of whole shares determined by
dividing (i) the product of $
and the number of months (rounded to the nearest whole month) in
the offering period and rounding to the nearest whole dollar by
(ii) the fair market value of a share of our common stock
at the beginning of the offering period. Prior to the beginning
of any offering period, the administrator may alter the maximum
number of shares that may be purchased by any participant during
the offering period or specify a maximum aggregate number of
shares that may be purchased by all participants in the offering
period. If insufficient shares remain available under the plan
to permit all participants to purchase the number of shares to
which they would otherwise be entitled, the administrator will
make a pro rata allocation of the available shares. Any amounts
withheld from participants compensation in excess of the
amounts used to purchase shares will be refunded.
In the event of a change in control, an acquiring or successor
corporation may assume our rights and obligations under the
ESPP. If the acquiring or successor corporation does not assume
such rights and obligations, then the purchase date of the
offering periods then in progress will be accelerated to a date
prior to the change in control, and the number of shares of
stock subject to outstanding purchase rights will not be
adjusted.
93
Compensation
of Named Executive Officers
The following table sets forth the total compensation earned for
services rendered during fiscal year 2007 by our named executive
officers.
2007
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
|
|
Name and Position
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Salary(1)
|
|
|
Bonus(2)
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Brent D. Richardson
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
$
|
292,019
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
15,312
|
(3)
|
|
$
|
307,331
|
|
Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John E. Crowley
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
292,019
|
|
|
|
14,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
306,019
|
|
Chief Operating Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Christopher C. Richardson
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
292,019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
292,019
|
|
General Counsel
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Timothy R. Fischer
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
194,500
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
219,500
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael S. Lacrosse
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
160,385
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
185,385
|
|
Chief Information Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
For Brent Richardson, John Crowley, and Chris Richardson,
represents the minimum base salary payable under their
respective employment agreements of $250,000, as adjusted for
fiscal year 2007 by the board of directors. |
|
(2) |
|
Represents cash bonuses awarded to the recipients by the board
of directors on a discretionary basis. |
|
(3) |
|
Represents the value of lease payments made by Grand Canyon
University on a vehicle utilized by Mr. Richardson. |
Employment
Agreements
We have entered into an employment agreement with each of Brent
D. Richardson, John E. Crowley, and Christopher C. Richardson.
Our board of directors approved the terms of each agreement. The
material terms of the agreements are summarized below.
Agreement with Brent D. Richardson. Effective
August 24, 2005, we and Brent Richardson entered into an
employment agreement. The agreement remains in effect until
Mr. Richardsons death, disability, separation from
Grand Canyon as a result of a determination of the board of
directors that separation is in our best interests, or a
voluntary resignation by Mr. Richardson. The agreement
provides for a minimum base salary of $250,000 per year, which
may be increased in the discretion of the board of directors.
Mr. Richardson may also receive a discretionary performance
bonus, which may be awarded by the board of directors based upon
the achievement of performance, budgetary, or other objectives
that may, from time to time, be set by the board of directors.
Mr. Richardson is also entitled to insurance, vacation,
holidays, and other benefits that are consistent with those that
we provide to our practices for our employees generally.
The agreement provides for certain benefits upon separation, as
further described in the Severance and Change of Control
Payments section below. The agreement also contains
customary covenants requiring Mr. Richardson to maintain
the confidentiality of information obtained in his capacity as
an owner and member of our senior management team and
prohibiting Mr. Richardson from, for a period of
24 months following any separation event,
(i) competing with us, (ii) soliciting funds on behalf
of or for the benefit of another regionally accredited higher
education institution, (iii) soliciting current or
prospective students, (iv) inducing or attempting to induce
our employees to leave employment with us, and
(v) interfering with our business relationships generally.
Mr. Richardson is also prohibited from making any
disparaging remarks about us.
Agreement with John E. Crowley. Effective
August 24, 2005, we and John Crowley entered into an
employment agreement. The agreement remains in effect until
Mr. Crowleys death, disability, separation from us as
a result of a determination of the board of directors that
separation is in our best interests, or a voluntary
94
resignation by Mr. Crowley. The agreement provides for a
minimum base salary of $250,000 per year, which may be increased
in the discretion of the board of directors. Mr. Crowley
may also receive a discretionary performance bonus, which may be
awarded by the board of directors based upon the achievement of
performance, budgetary, or other objectives that may, from time
to time, be set by the board of directors. Mr. Crowley is
also entitled to insurance, vacation, holidays, and other
benefits that are consistent with those that we provide to our
practices for our employees generally. The agreement provides
for certain benefits upon separation, as further described in
the Severance and Change of Control Payments section
below. The agreement also contains substantially similar
covenants as those in the agreements with Brent Richardson, as
described above.
Agreement with Christopher C.
Richardson. Effective August 24, 2005, we
and Chris Richardson entered into an employment agreement. The
agreement with Chris Richardson contains substantially the same
terms as the agreement with John Crowley. The agreement also
provides for certain benefits upon separation as further
described in the Severance and Change of Control
Payments section below.
95
Severance and Change of Control Payments. The
employment agreements with Brent Richardson, John Crowley, and
Chris Richardson entitle them to certain severance payments and
other benefits in the event of certain types of terminations,
which are summarized below. The table below reflects the amount
of compensation to be paid to each of them in the event of
termination of such executives employment. The amounts
shown assume that such termination was effective as of
December 31, 2007, and thus includes amounts earned through
such time and are estimates of the amounts that would be paid
out to the executives upon their termination. The actual amounts
to be paid out can only be determined at the time of such
executives separation from the company.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Named Executive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Officer
|
|
Triggering
Event(1)(2)
|
|
Payment/Benefit
|
|
Material Conditions
|
|
Potential
Value(3)
|
|
|
Brent Richardson
|
|
Separation by Mr. Richardson for Good Reason or
termination by us without Cause
|
|
Continued payment of base salary and provision of benefits for
12 months following separation
|
|
Mr. Richardson must abide by the confidentiality,
non-competition, non-solicitation and non-disparagement
covenants discussed above for 24 months
|
|
$
|
300,373
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination by us for Cause, death or disability of
Mr. Richardson, separation by Mr. Richardson without Good
Reason, or sale of Grand Canyon University
|
|
No severance payments, but Mr. Richardson will receive benefits
as determined in accordance with the plans or programs providing
for such benefits
|
|
See above
|
|
|
8,354
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John Crowley
|
|
Separation by Mr. Crowley for Good Reason or
termination by us without Cause
|
|
Continued payment of base salary and provision of benefits for
six months following separation, with the option by us to extend
such payments (and related benefits) for up to 12 months
following separation
|
|
Mr. Crowley must abide by the confidentiality, non-competition,
non-solicitation and non-disparagement covenants discussed above
for 12 months (subject to extension to 24 months)
|
|
|
295,004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination by us for Cause, death or disability of
Mr. Crowley, separation by Mr. Crowley without Good
Reason, or sale of Grand Canyon University
|
|
No severance payments, but Mr. Crowley will receive benefits as
determined in accordance with the plans or programs providing
for such benefits
|
|
See above
|
|
|
2,985
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chris Richardson
|
|
Separation by Mr. Richardson for Good Reason or
termination by us without Cause
|
|
Continued payment of base salary and provision of benefits for
six months following separation, with the option by us to extend
such payments (and related benefits) for up to 12 months
following separation
|
|
Mr. Richardson must abide by the confidentiality,
non-competition, non-solicitation and non-disparagement
covenants discussed above for 12 months (subject to extension to
24 months)
|
|
|
300,373
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination by us for Cause, death or disability of
Mr. Richardson, separation by Mr. Richardson without Good
Reason, or sale of Grand Canyon University
|
|
No severance payments, but Mr. Richardson will receive benefits
as determined in accordance with the plans or programs providing
for such benefits
|
|
See above
|
|
|
8,354
|
|
96
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Good Reason is generally defined in the employment
agreements to include a resignation within 30 days after
the occurrence of any one of the following: (a) the failure
by us to pay amounts owed to the executive following
15 days prior written notice of such failure; (b) the
assignment to the executive of duties materially inconsistent
with the executives title or the failure to elect or
reelect the executive to his position; or (c) a requirement
by us that the executive perform services at a location that is
more than 50 miles from our main campus. |
|
(2) |
|
Cause is generally defined in the employment
agreements to include: (a) the executives commission
of a felony or crime involving moral turpitude, any other
willful act or omission involving dishonesty or fraud with
respect to us or our customers or suppliers, misappropriation of
our funds or assets for personal use or engaging in conduct
bringing substantial public disgrace or disrepute to us;
(b) the executives neglect of duties following
notice, gross misconduct in performance of duties or material
and repeated failure to perform duties; (c) the
executives engaging in conduct that constitutes cause for
separation under applicable law, and (d) the
executives breaching the confidentiality, non-competition,
non-solicitation,
and
non-disparagement
covenants applicable to him. |
|
(3) |
|
Assumes that, in the case of Chris Richardson and John Crowley,
we exercise our option to extend severance payments beyond the
required six month period, as described in the table above. Also
assumes health insurance premiums of $696.20 per month, $248.74
per month, and $696.20 per month for Brent Richardson, John
Crowley, and Chris Richardson, respectively, over the periods
indicated. |
Compensation
of Directors
To date, we have not paid our directors any compensation for
their services in that capacity. We do reimburse our
non-employee directors for all reasonable expenses incurred by
them to attend board and committee meetings.
After the completion of this offering, we intend to pay our
non-employee directors an annual cash retainer for their board
and board committee service and a per meeting fee for each
meeting of the board attended. We also intend to pay the members
of our audit, compensation, and nominating and corporate
governance committees an additional annual cash retainer, and
the chairs of such committees an additional annual cash
retainer. In addition, non-employee directors will be eligible
to receive awards under our Incentive Plan. We will reimburse
all directors for reasonable expenses incurred to attend our
board and board committee meetings.
We also anticipate appointing Mr. David J. Johnson, one of
our director-nominees, as our lead independent director and to
provide him an annual cash retainer and equity award in addition
to those received by board members generally.
97
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
Policies
and Procedures for Related Person Transactions
In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt a written
code of business conduct and ethics, or code of conduct,
effective as of the date of and applicable to transactions on or
after the offering, pursuant to which our executive officers,
directors, and principal stockholders, including their immediate
family members and affiliates, will not be permitted to enter
into a related person transaction with us without the prior
consent of our audit committee, or other independent committee
of our board of directors in the event it is inappropriate for
our audit committee to review such transaction due to a conflict
of interest. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with
an executive officer, director, principal stockholder or any of
such persons immediate family members or affiliates, in
which the amount involved exceeds $120,000, will first be
presented to our audit committee for review, consideration, and
approval. All of our directors, executive officers, and
employees will be required to report to our audit committee any
such related person transaction. In approving or rejecting the
proposed agreement, our audit committee shall consider the facts
and circumstances available and deemed relevant to the audit
committee, including, but not limited to, the risks, costs and
benefits to us, the terms of the transaction, the availability
of other sources for comparable services or products, and, if
applicable, the impact on a directors independence. Our
audit committee shall approve only those agreements that, in
light of known circumstances, are in, or are not inconsistent
with, our best interests, as our audit committee determines in
the good faith exercise of its discretion. Under the policy, if
we should discover related person transactions that have not
been approved, the audit committee will be notified and will
determine the appropriate action, including ratification,
rescission, or amendment of the transaction. This policy has not
been and will not be applied to the transactions described below.
Stockholders
Agreement
In connection with our conversion from a limited liability
company to a corporation and the related investment in us by
Endeavour Capital Fund IV, L.P. and certain of its
affiliates, which we refer to as the Endeavour Entities, 220
GCU, L.P. and certain of its affiliates, and certain other
investors on August 24, 2005, we entered into a
stockholders agreement with the Endeavour Entities and certain
other parties. The stockholders agreement, as amended, contains
agreements among the parties with respect to the election of our
directors and restrictions on the issuance or transfer of
shares, including special corporate governance provisions. Each
of our current directors was appointed pursuant to the terms of
the stockholders agreement. Upon the completion of this
offering, the stockholders agreement will terminate in
accordance with its terms.
Investor
Rights Agreement
In connection with the August 24, 2005 transaction referred
to above, we also entered into an investor rights agreement with
the Endeavour Entities, 220 GCU, L.P. and certain of its
affiliates, and certain other named parties. The investor rights
agreement, as amended, contains agreements among the parties
with respect to registration rights, information rights and
certain operating covenants that we must comply with during the
term of the agreement. Upon the completion of this offering, the
investor rights agreement will terminate with respect to the
information rights and other covenants, but will remain in
effect with respect to the registration rights provisions. See
Description of Capital Stock Registration
Rights for a description of the registration rights that
will remain in effect following the closing of this offering.
Voting
Agreement
As discussed in Regulation Regulatory
Standards that May Restrict Institutional Expansion or Other
Changes Change in Ownership Resulting in a Change in
Control, many states and accrediting commissions require
institutions of higher education to report or obtain approval of
certain changes in control and changes in other aspects of
institutional organization or control. In connection with this
offering, certain of our stockholders intend to enter into a
proxy and voting agreement whereby such persons will grant to
Brent D. Richardson, our chief executive officer and director,
and Christopher C. Richardson, our general counsel and director,
a five-year irrevocable proxy to exercise all voting authority
with respect to all shares of our common
98
stock held by such persons. As a result of the proxy and voting
agreement, prior to this offering the Richardsons will have
voting authority with respect to approximately 64.8% of our
outstanding shares of capital stock. See Beneficial
Ownership of Common Stock.
Endeavour
Professional Services Agreement
In connection with the August 24, 2005 transaction referred
to above, we entered into a professional services agreement with
Endeavour Capital IV, LLC. Under the agreement, we engaged
Endeavour Capital IV, LLC as a consultant to our board of
directors on business and financial matters, including, without
limitation, corporate strategy, budgeting, acquisition and
divestiture strategies, and debt and equity financings. Under
the agreement, we paid Endeavour Capital IV, LLC a one time fee
of $340,667 upon execution of the agreement and agreed to pay
Endeavour Capital IV, LLC a consulting fee of $250,000 per year
thereafter, subject to annual increases as determined by the
board of directors (not including those directors appointed by
Endeavour) based on performance. In addition, we agreed to
reimburse Endeavour Capital IV, LLC for reasonable legal, due
diligence, travel and other out-of-pocket expenses, and to
indemnify Endeavour Capital IV, LLC and its affiliates for any
action or inaction related to the agreement, except as a result
of their gross negligence or intentional misconduct. The fees
paid by us to Endeavour Capital IV, LLC in 2005, 2006, and 2007
constituted less than 5% of Endeavour Capital IV, LLCs
consolidated gross revenues for each such year. The professional
services agreement will terminate by its terms upon the closing
of this offering.
Financing
Transactions
The following summarizes sales by us of our capital stock to
certain of our directors, executive officers, holders of more
than 5% of our voting securities, and their affiliates and
immediate family members in private placement financing
transactions since 2005.
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
Issuance. On March 31, 2005, we sold
$14.0 million aggregate principal amount of notes to the
Endeavour Entities. On August 24, 2005, we sold
5,953 shares of our newly designated Series A
preferred stock at a purchase price of $3,233.67 per share, or
$19.3 million in total gross proceeds, of which
4,948 shares were sold to the Endeavour Entities and
1,005 shares were sold to 220 GCU, L.P. A substantial
portion of the purchase price paid by the Endeavour Entities was
paid through the contributions to us of the notes that were
previously issued to the Endeavour Entities. The general partner
of the Endeavour Entities is Endeavour Capital IV, LLC, of which
Mr. D. Mark Dorman and Mr. Chad N. Heath, two of our
directors, are managing directors. Mr. Charles M. Preston
III, one of our former directors, is an affiliate of
220 Management, LLC, which is the general partner of 220
GCU GP, LP, the general partner of 220 GCU, L.P.
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
Issuance. On December 31, 2005, we issued
2,163 shares of our newly designated Series B
preferred stock and received gross proceeds of approximately
$7.0 million, or $3,236.25 per share, in the form of a
stock subscription receivable. The receivable was subsequently
paid in April 2006. Of these shares, 1,298 were sold to the
Endeavour Entities and 865 were sold to Rich Crow Enterprises,
LLC. Rich Crow Enterprises, LLC is a limited liability company
whose members include Brent Richardson, our chief executive
officer and a director, John Crowley, our chief operating
officer, and Chris Richardson, our general counsel and a
director. Later in 2006, the shares of Series B preferred
stock sold to the Endeavour Entities were redeemed for cash at
their stated repurchase price.
Series C Preferred Stock Issuance. On
December 18, 2007 and January 11, 2008, we sold an
aggregate of 3,829 shares of our newly designated
Series C preferred stock at a purchase price of $3,500.00
per share, or approximately $13.4 million in total gross
proceeds, of which 1,675 shares were sold to the Endeavour
Entities, 834 shares were sold to Rich Crow Enterprises,
LLC, and 935 shares were sold to 220 GCU, LP and certain of
its affiliates. The purchase price payable by Rich Crow
Enterprises for its shares of Series C preferred stock was
paid through the contribution to us of the 865 outstanding
shares of Series B preferred stock it purchased in 2006.
99
Special
Distribution
We intend to declare a special distribution that will be paid
promptly upon the completion of this offering to our
stockholders of record as
of ,
2008. The payment of the special distribution with the gross
proceeds of this offering permits a return of capital to all of
our stockholders of record as of the record date, and does so
without significantly decreasing our capital resources or
requiring these stockholders to sell their shares. The aggregate
amount of the special distribution will be equal
to % of the gross proceeds received
by us from the sale of stock in this offering. Assuming an
initial public offering price of $
per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on
the cover page of this prospectus, we estimate that the amount
of the special distribution will be
$ million, or
$ per common share on an as-if
converted basis.
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering
price of $ per share would
increase or decrease, as applicable, the aggregate amount of the
special distribution by
$ million and the per share
amount of the special distribution by
$ , assuming the number of shares
offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus, remains the same. Similarly, any increase or
decrease in the number of shares that we sell in the offering
will increase or decrease the special distribution and our net
proceeds in proportion to such increase or decrease, as
applicable, multiplied by the offering price per share, with
respect to our net proceeds, less underwriting discounts and
commissions and offering expenses.
Of the estimated aggregate amount of the special distribution,
$ million will be paid in
respect of shares of our capital stock over which our directors
and executive officers as a group are deemed to exercise sole or
shared voting or investment power. These proceeds will be
allocated among such group as set forth in the following table.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Special Distribution
|
|
|
Directors
|
|
|
|
|
Chad N.
Heath(1)
|
|
$
|
|
|
D. Mark
Dorman(1)
|
|
$
|
|
|
Executive Officers
|
|
|
|
|
Brent D. Richardson
|
|
$
|
|
|
John E. Crowley
|
|
$
|
|
|
Christopher C. Richardson
|
|
$
|
|
|
All directors and executive officers as a group
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents shares owned by Endeavour Capital Fund IV, L.P.
and certain affiliated funds. D. Mark Dorman and Chad N. Heath,
two of our directors, are managing directors of Endeavour
Capital IV, LLC, the general partner of such funds. |
Arrangement
with Mind Streams
We are a party to an agreement with Mind Streams, LLC, which is
owned and operated, in part, by Gail Richardson, father to Brent
Richardson, our chief executive officer and a director, and
Chris Richardson, our general counsel and a director. Pursuant
to this agreement, Mind Streams identifies qualified applicants
for admission to Grand Canyon University in return for which it
is a paid a stated percentage of the net revenue (calculated as
tuition actually received, less scholarships, refunds, and
allowances) derived by us from those identified applicants that
matriculate at Grand Canyon University. The term of the
agreement runs through December 31, 2010, and can be
terminated by either party upon 45 days prior written
notice. We previously were previously a party to an agreement
with 21st Century Learning, which was owned by Gail Richardson,
Brent Richardson, and Chris Richardson, providing for a similar
revenue sharing arrangement. This agreement was terminated in
2005 when we entered into the agreement with Mind Streams. For
the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, we paid
$2.8 million, $3.7 million and $4.3 million,
respectively, to these parties pursuant to this arrangement for
students enrolled and expenses reimbursed.
100
Arrowhead
Management
We previously had a non-cancelable operating lease agreement for
administrative facilities with Arrowhead Holdings Management
Co., LLC, which is owned by, among others, irrevocable trusts
for the benefit of Brent Richardson and Chris Richardson. We
paid approximately $0.2 million to Arrowhead for services
and reimbursements during the year ended December 31, 2005.
Center
for Educational Excellence
The Center for Educational Excellence, LLC was created to
explore opportunities to promote and enhance the academic
experience we offer. John Crowley, our chief operating officer,
is a member of The Center for Educational Excellence, LLC. For
the year ended December 31, 2007, we paid approximately
$0.6 million of expenses incurred by The Center for
Educational Excellence, LLC, of which $0.3 million was
reimbursed to us.
Arrangement
with Vergo Marketing
From time to time we obtain marketing services from Vergo
Marketing, Inc., of which the sister-in-law of Brent Richardson,
our chief executive officer, is a significant stockholder and
chief executive officer. For the year ended December 31,
2007, we paid Vergo Marketing, Inc. $0.5 million for such
services.
Youth in
Motion Consulting Arrangement
Youth in Motion, Inc. is owned by John Crowley, our chief
operating officer. For the years ended December 31, 2005,
2006, and 2007, we paid to Youth in Motion, Inc.
$0.2 million, $0.1 million, and $0, respectively, for
consulting services rendered.
Significant
Ventures Consulting Agreement
Significant Ventures, LLC held approximately 9.3% of our common
stock immediately prior to this offering. On January 8,
2004, we entered into a consulting agreement with Significant
Ventures, Inc., predecessor to Significant Ventures, LLC. This
consulting agreement terminated by its terms on
December 31, 2006. For the years ended December 31,
2005, 2006, and 2007, we paid $0.1 million,
$0.4 million, and $0, respectively, to Significant Ventures
for services rendered and expenses reimbursed pursuant to this
arrangement.
220
Consulting Agreement
On January 8, 2004, we entered into a consulting agreement
with 220 Partners, LLC, which is affiliated with Charles M.
Preston III, one of our former directors who is an affiliate of
certain of our significant stockholders. This consulting
agreement terminated by its terms on December 31, 2006. For
the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006, and 2007, we paid
$0.3 million, $0.3 million, and $0, respectively, to
220 Partners, LLC for services rendered and expenses reimbursed
pursuant to this arrangement.
101
BENEFICIAL
OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK
The following table sets forth information regarding the
beneficial ownership of our common stock as of April 30,
2008, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock being
offered in this offering, for:
|
|
|
|
|
each person, or group of affiliated persons, known to us to own
beneficially 5% or more of our outstanding common stock;
|
|
|
|
each of our directors and director-nominees;
|
|
|
|
each of our named executive officers; and
|
|
|
|
all of our directors and named executive officers as a group.
|
The information in the following table has been presented in
accordance with the rules of the SEC. Under SEC rules,
beneficial ownership of a class of capital stock includes any
shares of such class as to which a person, directly or
indirectly, has or shares voting power or investment power and
also any shares as to which a person has the right to acquire
such voting or investment power within 60 days through the
exercise of any stock option, warrant or other right. If two or
more persons share voting power or investment power with respect
to specific securities, each such person is deemed to be the
beneficial owner of such securities. Except as we otherwise
indicate below and under applicable community property laws, we
believe that the beneficial owners of the common stock listed
below, based on information they have furnished to us, have sole
voting and investment power with respect to the shares shown.
Unless otherwise noted below, the address for each holder listed
below is 3300 W. Camelback Road, Phoenix, Arizona
85017.
For purposes of calculating beneficial ownership, we have
assumed that, as of April 30, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
The outstanding shares of our Series A preferred stock are
converted into an equal number of shares of common stock;
|
|
|
|
The outstanding shares of our Series C preferred stock,
which will convert into common stock upon the closing of the
offering based on a conversion price equal to the initial public
offering price per share, are converted into an equal number of
shares of common stock; and
|
|
|
|
We will
issue shares
of common stock in the offering.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
|
|
Owned Prior to the
|
|
|
Owned After
|
|
|
Owned After
|
|
|
|
Offering(1)
|
|
|
Offering
|
|
|
Over-Allotment(2)
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
|